xref: /netbsd-src/external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/target.def (revision 44864942de333c81d186d36507e41c1cac5ca157)
1/* Target hook definitions.
2   Copyright (C) 2001-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
5   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
6   Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
7   later version.
8
9   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
12   GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15   along with this program; see the file COPYING3.  If not see
16   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17
18   In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
19   You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
20   what you give them.   Help stamp out software-hoarding!  */
21
22/* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be
23   provided by the including file, and how to use them here.  */
24#include "target-hooks-macros.h"
25
26#undef HOOK_TYPE
27#define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook"
28
29HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target)
30
31/* Functions that output assembler for the target.  */
32#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_"
33HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out)
34
35/* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping.  */
36DEFHOOKPOD
37(open_paren,
38 "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\
39assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions.  If not overridden, they\n\
40default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.",
41 const char *, "(")
42DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")")
43
44/* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object.  */
45DEFHOOKPOD
46(byte_op,
47 "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
48@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\
49@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
50@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\
51@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
52@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\
53@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
54@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
55@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\
56@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
57@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\
58@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
59@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\
60@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
61These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\
62of integer object.  The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\
63byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\
64aligned two-byte object, and so on.  Any of the hooks may be\n\
65@code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\
66\n\
67The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\
68followed immediately by the object's initial value.  In most cases,\n\
69the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.",
70 const char *, "\t.byte\t")
71DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP)
72DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP)
73
74/* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose
75   value is given by X.  SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and
76   ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned.  Return true if
77   successful.  Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP
78   and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL.  */
79DEFHOOK
80(integer,
81 "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\
82integer object.  @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\
83in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned.  The\n\
84function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\
85object.  If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\
86split the object into smaller parts.\n\
87\n\
88The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\
89@code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\
90when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.",
91 /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are
92    NULL.  */
93 bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p),
94 default_assemble_integer)
95
96/* Assembly strings required after the .cfi_startproc label.  */
97DEFHOOK
98(post_cfi_startproc,
99  "This target hook is used to emit assembly strings required by the target\n\
100after the .cfi_startproc directive.  The first argument is the file stream to\n\
101write the strings to and the second argument is the function\'s declaration.  The\n\
102expected use is to add more .cfi_* directives.\n\
103\n\
104The default is to not output any assembly strings.",
105  void, (FILE *, tree),
106  hook_void_FILEptr_tree)
107
108/* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a
109   decl.  */
110DEFHOOK
111(decl_end,
112 "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\
113terminate an initialized variable declaration.",
114 void, (void),
115 hook_void_void)
116
117/* Output code that will globalize a label.  */
118DEFHOOK
119(globalize_label,
120 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
121@var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\
122that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
123\n\
124The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\
125@code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.",
126 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name),
127 default_globalize_label)
128
129/* Output code that will globalize a declaration.  */
130DEFHOOK
131(globalize_decl_name,
132 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
133@var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\
134global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
135\n\
136The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.",
137 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name)
138
139/* Output code that will declare an external variable.  */
140DEFHOOK
141(assemble_undefined_decl,
142 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
143@var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\
144@var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit.  Most\n\
145assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.",
146 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name, const_tree decl),
147 hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree)
148
149/* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this
150   target requires such labels.  Second argument is the decl the
151   unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if
152   this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if
153   this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE.  */
154DEFHOOK
155(emit_unwind_label,
156 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@.  It\n\
157should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\
158should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\
159function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\
160The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\
161exception table.  The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\
162true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\
163\n\
164The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.",
165 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty),
166 default_emit_unwind_label)
167
168/* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table.  */
169DEFHOOK
170(emit_except_table_label,
171 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\
172It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\
173to be broken up according to function.\n\
174\n\
175The default is that no label is emitted.",
176 void, (FILE *stream),
177 default_emit_except_table_label)
178
179/* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function.  */
180DEFHOOK
181(emit_except_personality,
182 "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\
183 used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\
184 info.  This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.",
185 void, (rtx personality),
186 NULL)
187
188/* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction.  */
189DEFHOOK
190(unwind_emit,
191 "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\
192given instruction.  This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\
193returns @code{UI_TARGET}.",
194 void, (FILE *stream, rtx_insn *insn),
195 NULL)
196
197DEFHOOKPOD
198(unwind_emit_before_insn,
199 "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\
200 the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\
201 be called afterward.",
202 bool, true)
203
204/* Return true if the target needs extra instructions to restore the current
205   frame address after a DW_CFA_restore_state opcode.  */
206DEFHOOK
207(should_restore_cfa_state,
208 "For DWARF-based unwind frames, two CFI instructions provide for save and\
209 restore of register state.  GCC maintains the current frame address (CFA)\
210 separately from the register bank but the unwinder in libgcc preserves this\
211 state along with the registers (and this is expected by the code that writes\
212 the unwind frames).  This hook allows the target to specify that the CFA data\
213 is not saved/restored along with the registers by the target unwinder so that\
214 suitable additional instructions should be emitted to restore it.",
215 bool, (void),
216 hook_bool_void_false)
217
218/* Generate an internal label.
219   For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL.  */
220DEFHOOK_UNDOC
221(generate_internal_label,
222 "",
223 void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
224 default_generate_internal_label)
225
226/* Output an internal label.  */
227DEFHOOK
228(internal_label,
229 "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\
230name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\
231\n\
232It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\
233used for user-level functions and variables.  Otherwise, certain programs\n\
234will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\
235\n\
236It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\
237object file.  Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\
238should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\
239beginning of a label has this effect.  You should find out what\n\
240convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\
241\n\
242The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.",
243 void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
244 default_internal_label)
245
246/* Output label for the constant.  */
247DEFHOOK
248(declare_constant_name,
249 "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\
250for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined.  This\n\
251target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\
252@code{assemble_label}).  The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\
253and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes.  The @var{name}\n\
254will be an internal label.\n\
255\n\
256The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\
257usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\
258\n\
259You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.",
260 void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
261 default_asm_declare_constant_name)
262
263/* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object.  */
264DEFHOOK
265(ttype,
266 "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\
267the type_info object identified by @var{sym}.  It should return @code{true}\n\
268if the reference was output.  Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\
269reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.",
270 bool, (rtx sym),
271 hook_bool_rtx_false)
272
273/* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol
274   associated with the tree decl.  */
275DEFHOOK
276(assemble_visibility,
277 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\
278commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\
279hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.",
280 void, (tree decl, int visibility),
281 default_assemble_visibility)
282
283DEFHOOK
284(print_patchable_function_entry,
285 "Generate a patchable area at the function start, consisting of\n\
286@var{patch_area_size} NOP instructions.  If the target supports named\n\
287sections and if @var{record_p} is true, insert a pointer to the current\n\
288location in the table of patchable functions.  The default implementation\n\
289of the hook places the table of pointers in the special section named\n\
290@code{__patchable_function_entries}.",
291 void, (FILE *file, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size, bool record_p),
292 default_print_patchable_function_entry)
293
294/* Output the assembler code for entry to a function.  */
295DEFHOOK
296(function_prologue,
297 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\
298function.  The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\
299initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\
300saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\
301local variables.  @var{file} is a stdio stream to which the assembler\n\
302code should be output.\n\
303\n\
304The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\
305macro.  That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\
306\n\
307@findex regs_ever_live\n\
308To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\
309@code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\
310@var{r} is used anywhere within the function.  This implies the function\n\
311prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\
312call-used registers.  (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\
313@code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\
314\n\
315On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\
316not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\
317they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\
318appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\
319registers are used in the function.\n\
320\n\
321@findex frame_pointer_needed\n\
322On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
323function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\
324pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise.  To determine whether a\n\
325frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
326@code{frame_pointer_needed}.  The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\
327time in a function that needs a frame pointer.  @xref{Elimination}.\n\
328\n\
329The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\
330required for the function.  This stack space consists of the regions\n\
331listed below.  In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\
332order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\
333stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\
334the highest address if it is not defined).  You can use a different order\n\
335for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\
336compatibility reasons.  Except in cases where required by standard\n\
337or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\
338need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.",
339 void, (FILE *file),
340 default_function_pro_epilogue)
341
342/* Output the assembler code for end of prologue.  */
343DEFHOOK
344(function_end_prologue,
345 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\
346prologue.  This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\
347emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
348emitted.  @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.",
349 void, (FILE *file),
350 no_asm_to_stream)
351
352/* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue.  */
353DEFHOOK
354(function_begin_epilogue,
355 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\
356epilogue.  This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\
357emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
358emitted.  @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.",
359 void, (FILE *file),
360 no_asm_to_stream)
361
362/* Output the assembler code for function exit.  */
363DEFHOOK
364(function_epilogue,
365 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\
366function.  The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\
367registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\
368called, and returning control to the caller.  This macro takes the\n\
369same argument as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\
370registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\
371@code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\
372\n\
373On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\
374of returning from the function.  On these machines, give that\n\
375instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\
376@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\
377\n\
378Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\
379@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used.  If you want the target\n\
380switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\
381define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\
382target switches appropriately.  If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\
383condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\
384\n\
385On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
386function exit code must vary accordingly.  Sometimes the code for these\n\
387two cases is completely different.  To determine whether a frame pointer\n\
388is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
389@code{frame_pointer_needed}.  The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\
390a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\
391\n\
392Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\
393@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\
394The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\
395function.  @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\
396\n\
397On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\
398others leave that for the caller to do.  For example, the 68020 when\n\
399given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\
400number of arguments.\n\
401\n\
402@findex pops_args\n\
403@findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\
404Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\
405functions pop their own arguments.  @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\
406needs to know what was decided.  The number of bytes of the current\n\
407function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\
408@code{crtl->args.pops_args}.  @xref{Scalar Return}.",
409 void, (FILE *file),
410 default_function_pro_epilogue)
411
412/* Initialize target-specific sections.  */
413DEFHOOK
414(init_sections,
415 "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\
416@file{varasm.c} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\
417of its own that you need to create.\n\
418\n\
419GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\
420any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\
421described below.",
422 void, (void),
423 hook_void_void)
424
425/* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS.
426   If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with
427   which this section is associated.  */
428DEFHOOK
429(named_section,
430 "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}.  The section\n\
431should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\
432of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}.  If @var{decl}\n\
433is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\
434this section is associated.",
435 void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl),
436 default_no_named_section)
437
438/* Tell assembler what section attributes to assign this elf section
439   declaration, using their numerical value.  */
440DEFHOOK
441(elf_flags_numeric,
442 "This hook can be used to encode ELF section flags for which no letter\n\
443code has been defined in the assembler.  It is called by\n\
444@code{default_asm_named_section} whenever the section flags need to be\n\
445emitted in the assembler output.  If the hook returns true, then the\n\
446numerical value for ELF section flags should be calculated from\n\
447@var{flags} and saved in @var{*num}; the value is printed out instead of the\n\
448normal sequence of letter codes.  If the hook is not defined, or if it\n\
449returns false, then @var{num} is ignored and the traditional letter sequence\n\
450is emitted.",
451 bool, (unsigned int flags, unsigned int *num),
452 hook_bool_uint_uintp_false)
453
454/* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL.
455   Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot
456   functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only
457   at startup (from static constructors or it is main()).
458   EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit
459   (from static destructors).
460   Return NULL if function should go to default text section.  */
461DEFHOOK
462(function_section,
463 "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\
464Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\
465functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\
466at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\
467@var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\
468(from static destructors).\n\
469Return NULL if function should go to default text section.",
470 section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit),
471 default_function_section)
472
473/* Output the assembler code for function exit.  */
474DEFHOOK
475(function_switched_text_sections,
476 "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\
477  labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\
478  sections.  Output should be written to @var{file}.  The function\
479  decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\
480  @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.",
481 void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold),
482 default_function_switched_text_sections)
483
484/* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when
485   selecting sections.  Bit 1 should be set if global relocations
486   should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if
487   local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.  */
488DEFHOOK
489(reloc_rw_mask,
490 "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\
491selecting sections.  Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\
492should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\
493local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\
494\n\
495The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\
496is in effect, and 0 otherwise.  The hook is typically redefined\n\
497when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\
498in read-only sections even in executables.",
499 int, (void),
500 default_reloc_rw_mask)
501
502 /* Return a flag for either generating ADDR_DIF_VEC table
503 or ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC/-fPIE.  */
504DEFHOOK
505(generate_pic_addr_diff_vec,
506"Return true to generate ADDR_DIF_VEC table\n\
507or false to generate ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC.\n\
508\n\
509The default version of this function returns true if flag_pic\n\
510equals true and false otherwise",
511 bool, (void),
512 default_generate_pic_addr_diff_vec)
513
514 /* Return a section for EXP.  It may be a DECL or a constant.  RELOC
515    is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be
516    set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution.
517    ALIGN is the required alignment of the data.  */
518DEFHOOK
519(select_section,
520 "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed.  You can\n\
521assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\
522some sort.  @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\
523requires link-time relocations.  Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\
524local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\
525@var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\
526\n\
527The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\
528variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\
529\n\
530See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.",
531 section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
532 default_select_section)
533
534/* Return a section for X.  MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its
535   alignment in bits.  */
536DEFHOOK
537(select_rtx_section,
538 "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\
539should be placed.  You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\
540constant in RTL@.  The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\
541case of a @code{const_int} rtx.  @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\
542in bits.\n\
543\n\
544The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\
545constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\
546else in @code{readonly_data_section}.",
547 section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
548 default_select_rtx_section)
549
550/* Select a unique section name for DECL.  RELOC is the same as
551   for SELECT_SECTION.  */
552DEFHOOK
553(unique_section,
554 "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\
555and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
556As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\
557the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\
558\n\
559The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\
560ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol.  For\n\
561example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\
562Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.",
563 void, (tree decl, int reloc),
564 default_unique_section)
565
566/* Return the readonly data section associated with function DECL.  */
567DEFHOOK
568(function_rodata_section,
569 "Return the readonly data section associated with\n\
570@samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
571The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\
572the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\
573if function is in @code{.text.name}, and the normal readonly-data section\n\
574otherwise.",
575 section *, (tree decl),
576 default_function_rodata_section)
577
578/* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix
579   for mergeable data sections.  */
580DEFHOOKPOD
581(mergeable_rodata_prefix,
582 "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\
583section names for mergeable constant data.  Define this macro to override\n\
584the string if a different section name should be used.",
585 const char *, ".rodata")
586
587/* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables.  */
588DEFHOOK
589(tm_clone_table_section,
590 "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\
591  tables.",
592 section *, (void), default_clone_table_section)
593
594/* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority.  */
595DEFHOOK
596(constructor,
597 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\
598the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\
599\n\
600Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\
601no arguments and with no return value.  If the target supports initialization\n\
602priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\
603otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\
604\n\
605If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\
606be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\
607target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\
608is not defined.",
609 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
610
611/* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority.  */
612DEFHOOK
613(destructor,
614 "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\
615functions rather than initialization functions.",
616 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
617
618/* Output the assembler code for a thunk function.  THUNK_DECL is the
619   declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
620   the target function.  DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
621   added to THIS.  If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at
622   *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS.  */
623DEFHOOK
624(output_mi_thunk,
625 "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\
626function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\
627inheritance.  The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\
628adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\
629the real function.\n\
630\n\
631First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\
632contains the incoming first argument.  Assume that this argument\n\
633contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\
634in C++.  This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\
635e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc.  The addition must preserve the values of\n\
636all other incoming arguments.\n\
637\n\
638Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\
639made after adding @code{delta}.  In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\
640adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\
641\n\
642@smallexample\n\
643p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\
644@end smallexample\n\
645\n\
646After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\
647@code{FUNCTION_DECL}.  This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\
648not touch the return address.  Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\
649return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\
650\n\
651The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\
652the adjusted first argument.  This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\
653of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\
654and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\
655\n\
656The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant.  (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\
657have already been extracted from it.)  It might possibly be useful on\n\
658some targets, but probably not.\n\
659\n\
660If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\
661front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\
662@var{function} instead of jumping to it.  The generic approach does\n\
663not support varargs.",
664 void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
665	HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function),
666 NULL)
667
668/* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed.  */
669/* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure
670   would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly.  But there's
671   too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk.
672   Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of
673   text to the output file.  */
674DEFHOOK
675(can_output_mi_thunk,
676 "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\
677to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\
678arguments it is passed, and false otherwise.  In the latter case, the\n\
679generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\
680previously exposed.",
681 bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
682	HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function),
683 hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false)
684
685/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a
686   translation unit.  */
687DEFHOOK
688(file_start,
689 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\
690find at the beginning of a file.  The default behavior is controlled\n\
691by two flags, documented below.  Unless your target's assembler is\n\
692quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\
693@code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook.  This\n\
694lets other target files rely on these variables.",
695 void, (void),
696 default_file_start)
697
698/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit.  */
699DEFHOOK
700(file_end,
701 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
702to find at the end of a file.  The default is to output nothing.",
703 void, (void),
704 hook_void_void)
705
706/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an
707   LTO output stream.  */
708DEFHOOK
709(lto_start,
710 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
711to find at the start of an LTO section.  The default is to output\n\
712nothing.",
713 void, (void),
714 hook_void_void)
715
716/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an
717   LTO output stream.  */
718DEFHOOK
719(lto_end,
720 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
721to find at the end of an LTO section.  The default is to output\n\
722nothing.",
723 void, (void),
724 hook_void_void)
725
726/* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a
727   translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted.  */
728DEFHOOK
729(code_end,
730 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\
731unwind info and debug info at the end of a file.  Some targets emit\n\
732here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\
733because they couldn't have unwind info then.  The default is to output\n\
734nothing.",
735 void, (void),
736 hook_void_void)
737
738/* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name
739   external.  */
740DEFHOOK
741(external_libcall,
742 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
743pseudo-op to declare a library function name external.  The name of the\n\
744library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.",
745 void, (rtx symref),
746 default_external_libcall)
747
748/* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs
749   linker to not dead code strip this symbol.  */
750DEFHOOK
751(mark_decl_preserved,
752 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
753directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used.  The Darwin target uses the\n\
754.no_dead_code_strip directive.",
755 void, (const char *symbol),
756 hook_void_constcharptr)
757
758/* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed.  */
759DEFHOOK
760(record_gcc_switches,
761 "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\
762switches that have been passed to the compiler, and options that are\n\
763enabled.  The @var{type} argument specifies what is being recorded.\n\
764It can take the following values:\n\
765\n\
766@table @gcctabopt\n\
767@item SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED\n\
768@var{text} is a command line switch that has been set by the user.\n\
769\n\
770@item SWITCH_TYPE_ENABLED\n\
771@var{text} is an option which has been enabled.  This might be as a\n\
772direct result of a command line switch, or because it is enabled by\n\
773default or because it has been enabled as a side effect of a different\n\
774command line switch.  For example, the @option{-O2} switch enables\n\
775various different individual optimization passes.\n\
776\n\
777@item SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE\n\
778@var{text} is either NULL or some descriptive text which should be\n\
779ignored.  If @var{text} is NULL then it is being used to warn the\n\
780target hook that either recording is starting or ending.  The first\n\
781time @var{type} is SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE and @var{text} is NULL, the\n\
782warning is for start up and the second time the warning is for\n\
783wind down.  This feature is to allow the target hook to make any\n\
784necessary preparations before it starts to record switches and to\n\
785perform any necessary tidying up after it has finished recording\n\
786switches.\n\
787\n\
788@item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_START\n\
789This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
790\n\
791@item  SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_END\n\
792This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
793@end table\n\
794\n\
795The hook's return value must be zero.  Other return values may be\n\
796supported in the future.\n\
797\n\
798By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\
799provided for ELF based targets.  Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\
800it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\
801section in the assembler output file.  The name of the new section is\n\
802provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\
803hook.",
804 int, (print_switch_type type, const char *text),
805 NULL)
806
807/* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of
808   record_gcc_switches will use to store the information.  Target
809   specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use
810   this information.  */
811DEFHOOKPOD
812(record_gcc_switches_section,
813 "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\
814ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\
815hook.",
816 const char *, ".GCC.command.line")
817
818/* Output the definition of a section anchor.  */
819DEFHOOK
820(output_anchor,
821 "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\
822@code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\
823The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\
824of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\
825\n\
826If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\
827it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\
828If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\
829is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.",
830 void, (rtx x),
831 default_asm_output_anchor)
832
833DEFHOOK
834(output_ident,
835 "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident} \
836 directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages. \
837 If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident} \
838 directive.",
839 void, (const char *name),
840 hook_void_constcharptr)
841
842/* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol.  */
843DEFHOOK
844(output_dwarf_dtprel,
845 "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\
846reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.",
847 void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x),
848 NULL)
849
850/* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output.  */
851DEFHOOK
852(final_postscan_insn,
853 "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\
854output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\
855if necessary.\n\
856\n\
857Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\
858extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\
859elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\
860The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\
861template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\
862by checking the contents of the vector.",
863 void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands),
864 NULL)
865
866/* Emit the trampoline template.  This hook may be NULL.  */
867DEFHOOK
868(trampoline_template,
869 "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\
870on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\
871the constant parts of a trampoline.  This code should not include a\n\
872label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\
873\n\
874If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\
875for the target.  Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\
876code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\
877to generate it on the spot.",
878 void, (FILE *f),
879 NULL)
880
881DEFHOOK
882(output_source_filename,
883 "Output DWARF debugging information which indicates that filename\
884 @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio stream @var{file}.\n\
885 \n\
886 This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\
887 for the file format in use is appropriate.",
888 void ,(FILE *file, const char *name),
889 default_asm_output_source_filename)
890
891DEFHOOK
892(output_addr_const_extra,
893 "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\
894can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\
895the pattern @var{x}.  This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\
896@code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\
897\n\
898If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\
899so that a standard error message is printed.  If it prints an error message\n\
900itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\
901return @code{true}.",
902 bool, (FILE *file, rtx x),
903 hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false)
904
905/* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct,
906   even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their
907   initializers.  */
908#undef HOOK_PREFIX
909#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
910
911/* Emit a machine-specific insn operand.  */
912/* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND,
913   not this  hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE.  */
914DEFHOOK_UNDOC
915(print_operand,
916 "",
917 void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code),
918 default_print_operand)
919
920/* Emit a machine-specific memory address.  */
921/* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS,
922   not this  hook, and uses different argument names.  */
923DEFHOOK_UNDOC
924(print_operand_address,
925 "",
926 void, (FILE *file, machine_mode mode, rtx addr),
927 default_print_operand_address)
928
929/* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the
930   `print_operand' hook.  */
931/* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P,
932   not this  hook.  */
933DEFHOOK_UNDOC
934(print_operand_punct_valid_p,
935 "",
936 bool ,(unsigned char code),
937 default_print_operand_punct_valid_p)
938
939/* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and
940   ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE.  */
941DEFHOOK
942(mangle_assembler_name,
943 "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.c}'s\
944 @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\
945 result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}.  Required for correct LTO symtabs.  The\
946 default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\
947 then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.",
948 tree, (const char *name),
949 default_mangle_assembler_name)
950
951HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out)
952
953/* Functions relating to instruction scheduling.  All of these
954   default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.c looks for and handles.  */
955#undef HOOK_PREFIX
956#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_"
957HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched)
958
959/* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and
960   return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through
961   the dependence LINK.  The default is to make no adjustment.  */
962DEFHOOK
963(adjust_cost,
964 "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\
965relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through a\n\
966dependence of type dep_type, and strength @var{dw}.  It should return the new\n\
967value.  The default is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}.  This can be\n\
968used for example to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline\n\
969description that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost\n\
970as a data-dependence.  If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\
971description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\
972output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\
973times of the first and the second insns.  If these values are not\n\
974acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too.  See also\n\
975@pxref{Processor pipeline description}.",
976 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost,
977       unsigned int dw),
978 NULL)
979
980/* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit.  Returns the new priority.  */
981DEFHOOK
982(adjust_priority,
983 "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\
984@var{insn}.  It should return the new priority.  Increase the priority to\n\
985execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\
986later.  Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\
987scheduling priorities of insns.",
988 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL)
989
990/* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be
991   scheduled in the same machine cycle.  This must be constant
992   over an entire compilation.  The default is 1.  */
993DEFHOOK
994(issue_rate,
995 "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\
996issue at the same time on the target machine.  The default is one.\n\
997Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\
998an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\
999constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\
1000hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\
1001This value must be constant over the entire compilation.  If you need\n\
1002it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\
1003@samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.",
1004 int, (void), NULL)
1005
1006/* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we
1007   can emit this cycle.  Default is they all cost the same.  */
1008DEFHOOK
1009(variable_issue,
1010 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\
1011from the ready list.  It should return the number of insns which can\n\
1012still be issued in the current cycle.  The default is\n\
1013@samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\
1014@code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\
1015You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\
1016than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\
1017@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1018debug output to.  @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1019@option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.  @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\
1020was scheduled.",
1021 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL)
1022
1023/* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code.  */
1024DEFHOOK
1025(init,
1026 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\
1027instructions that are to be scheduled.  @var{file} is either a null\n\
1028pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.  @var{verbose}\n\
1029is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1030@var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\
1031region that can be live at the same time.  This can be used to allocate\n\
1032scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.",
1033 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL)
1034
1035/* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code.  */
1036DEFHOOK
1037(finish,
1038 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\
1039instructions that are to be scheduled.  It can be used to perform\n\
1040cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks.  @var{file}\n\
1041is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\
1042to.  @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1043@option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1044 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1045
1046 /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code.  */
1047DEFHOOK
1048(init_global,
1049 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\
1050@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1051@var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1052@var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.",
1053 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL)
1054
1055/* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code.  */
1056DEFHOOK
1057(finish_global,
1058 "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\
1059@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1060@var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1061 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1062
1063/* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different
1064       places.  Default does nothing.  */
1065DEFHOOK
1066(reorder,
1067 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\
1068list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\
1069combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\
1070@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1071debug output to.  @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1072@option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.  @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\
1073list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled.  @var{n_readyp} is\n\
1074a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list.  The scheduler\n\
1075reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\
1076@var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0].  @var{clock}\n\
1077is the timer tick of the scheduler.  You may modify the ready list and\n\
1078the number of ready insns.  The return value is the number of insns that\n\
1079can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}.  See also\n\
1080@samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.",
1081 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1082
1083DEFHOOK
1084(reorder2,
1085 "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time.  That\n\
1086function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle.  This one\n\
1087is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\
1088@samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\
1089return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle.  Defining\n\
1090this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\
1091scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\
1092cycle.  These other insns can then be taken into account properly.",
1093 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1094
1095DEFHOOK
1096(macro_fusion_p,
1097 "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.",
1098 bool, (void), NULL)
1099
1100DEFHOOK
1101(macro_fusion_pair_p,
1102 "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\
1103a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\
1104(@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\
1105group, and they will not be scheduled apart.  The two insns will be either\n\
1106two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\
1107validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.",
1108 bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL)
1109
1110/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1111   after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given
1112   by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly).  */
1113DEFHOOK
1114(dependencies_evaluation_hook,
1115 "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\
1116chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\
1117correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain.  For\n\
1118example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\
1119analysis of dependencies.  This hook can use backward and forward\n\
1120dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\
1121calculated.",
1122 void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL)
1123
1124/* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions
1125   used to simplify the automaton descriptions.  dfa_pre_cycle_insn and
1126   dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to
1127   change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated
1128   processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes.  The function
1129   defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are
1130   used to initialize the corresponding insns.  The default values of
1131   the members result in not changing the automaton state when the
1132   new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes.  */
1133
1134DEFHOOK
1135(init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1136 "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1137 void, (void), NULL)
1138
1139DEFHOOK
1140(dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1141 "The hook returns an RTL insn.  The automaton state used in the\n\
1142pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\
1143when the new simulated processor cycle starts.  Usage of the hook may\n\
1144simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\
1145processors.  If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\
1146based pipeline description.  The default is not to change the state\n\
1147when the new simulated processor cycle starts.",
1148 rtx, (void), NULL)
1149
1150DEFHOOK
1151(init_dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1152 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\
1153used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1154 void, (void), NULL)
1155
1156DEFHOOK
1157(dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1158 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1159to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\
1160simulated processor cycle finishes.",
1161 rtx_insn *, (void), NULL)
1162
1163/* The values of the following two members are pointers to
1164   functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions.
1165   dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called
1166   immediately before and after cycle is advanced.  */
1167
1168DEFHOOK
1169(dfa_pre_advance_cycle,
1170 "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\
1171The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1172to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1173state on a single insn is not enough.",
1174 void, (void), NULL)
1175
1176DEFHOOK
1177(dfa_post_advance_cycle,
1178 "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\
1179The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1180to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1181state on a single insn is not enough.",
1182 void, (void), NULL)
1183
1184/* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value
1185   which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for
1186   multi-pass scheduling.  If the member value is nonzero and the
1187   function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make
1188   multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle.  In other words, we will
1189   try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of
1190   insns on the same cycle.  */
1191DEFHOOK
1192(first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead,
1193 "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\
1194for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler.  Usually the scheduler\n\
1195chooses the first insn from the queue.  If the hook returns a positive\n\
1196value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\
1197@samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\
1198subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\
1199maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle.  For the\n\
1200@acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\
1201packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn.  Of course, if the\n\
1202rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\
1203\n\
1204This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\
1205processors.  Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\
1206with 3 pipelines.  Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\
1207@var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\
1208@var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}.  The\n\
1209processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\
1210@var{B}.  In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\
1211until the next cycle.  If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\
1212the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\
1213\n\
1214Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\
1215pipeline hazard recognizer.  We try quickly and easy many insn\n\
1216schedules to choose the best one.\n\
1217\n\
1218The default is no multipass scheduling.",
1219 int, (void), NULL)
1220
1221/* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling
1222   what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the
1223   multipass insn scheduling.  If the hook returns zero for insn
1224   passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued.  */
1225DEFHOOK
1226(first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard,
1227 "\n\
1228This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\
1229considered for the multipass insn scheduling.  If the hook returns\n\
1230zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\
1231Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\
1232the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\
1233Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\
1234number of cycles.\n\
1235Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\
1236instruction at position 0 in the ready list.  @var{ready_index} is passed\n\
1237to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\
1238\n\
1239The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.",
1240 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL)
1241
1242/* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass
1243   scheduling.
1244   DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling.
1245   READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1246   optimization space.  The target can filter out instructions that
1247   should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding
1248   elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1249   FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass
1250   scheduling on current cycle.  */
1251DEFHOOK
1252(first_cycle_multipass_begin,
1253 "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\
1254scheduling.",
1255 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p),
1256 NULL)
1257
1258/* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.
1259   DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects
1260   of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA.
1261   READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1262   optimization space.  The target can filter out instructions that
1263   should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1264   elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1265   INSN is the instruction being evaluated.
1266   PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding
1267   to a state before issuing INSN.  */
1268DEFHOOK
1269(first_cycle_multipass_issue,
1270 "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.",
1271 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn,
1272	const void *prev_data), NULL)
1273
1274/* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of
1275   instruction corresponding to DATA.
1276   DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1277   of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1278   described in DFA.
1279   READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1280   optimization space.  The target can filter out instructions that
1281   should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1282   elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.  */
1283DEFHOOK
1284(first_cycle_multipass_backtrack,
1285 "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\
1286an instruction.",
1287 void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL)
1288
1289/* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current
1290   round of multipass scheduling.
1291   DATA is a pointer.
1292   If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass
1293   scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of
1294   the winning solution.  DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find
1295   a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later,
1296   usually after advancing the cycle count.  */
1297DEFHOOK
1298(first_cycle_multipass_end,
1299 "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\
1300round of multipass scheduling.",
1301 void, (const void *data), NULL)
1302
1303/* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass
1304   scheduling after it has been allocated.
1305   DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1306   of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1307   described in DFA.  */
1308DEFHOOK
1309(first_cycle_multipass_init,
1310 "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1311 void, (void *data), NULL)
1312
1313/* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass
1314   scheduling before it is deallocated.
1315   DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1316   of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1317   described in DFA.  */
1318DEFHOOK
1319(first_cycle_multipass_fini,
1320 "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1321 void, (void *data), NULL)
1322
1323/* The following member value is pointer to a function called by
1324   the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third
1325   parameter on given cycle.  If the hook returns nonzero, the
1326   insn is not issued on given processors cycle.  Instead of that,
1327   the processor cycle is advanced.  If the value passed through
1328   the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted
1329   on the new cycle start as usually.  The first parameter passes
1330   file for debugging output.  The second one passes the scheduler
1331   verbose level of the debugging output.  The forth and the fifth
1332   parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which
1333   the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle.  */
1334DEFHOOK
1335(dfa_new_cycle,
1336 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\
1337on cycle @var{clock}.  If the hook returns nonzero,\n\
1338@var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle.  Instead,\n\
1339the processor cycle is advanced.  If *@var{sort_p}\n\
1340is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\
1341start as usually.  @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\
1342verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\
1343@var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\
1344processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\
1345and the current processor cycle.",
1346 int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock,
1347       int clock, int *sort_p),
1348 NULL)
1349
1350/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the
1351   insn scheduler.  It should return true if there exists a dependence
1352   which is considered costly by the target, between the insn
1353   DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP).  The first parameter is
1354   the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns.  The
1355   second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by
1356   the scheduler.  The last argument is the distance in cycles
1357   between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the
1358   second insn (second parameter).  */
1359DEFHOOK
1360(is_costly_dependence,
1361 "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\
1362the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\
1363are involved in the dependence too close to one another.  The parameters\n\
1364to this hook are as follows:  The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\
1365being evaluated.  The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\
1366dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\
1367parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\
1368The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\
1369insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\
1370and @code{false} otherwise.\n\
1371\n\
1372Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\
1373where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\
1374delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\
1375that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\
1376important.  In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\
1377closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance;  however,\n\
1378not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.",
1379 bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL)
1380
1381/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1382   by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend
1383   that new instructions were emitted.  */
1384DEFHOOK
1385(h_i_d_extended,
1386 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\
1387the instruction stream.  The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\
1388per instruction data structures.",
1389 void, (void), NULL)
1390
1391/* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling.  */
1392
1393/* Allocate memory for scheduler context.  */
1394DEFHOOK
1395(alloc_sched_context,
1396 "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.",
1397 void *, (void), NULL)
1398
1399/* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context.  */
1400DEFHOOK
1401(init_sched_context,
1402 "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\
1403It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\
1404beginning of the block.  Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.",
1405 void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL)
1406
1407/* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value.  */
1408DEFHOOK
1409(set_sched_context,
1410 "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.",
1411 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1412
1413/* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init.  */
1414DEFHOOK
1415(clear_sched_context,
1416 "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1417 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1418
1419/* Frees the scheduler context.  */
1420DEFHOOK
1421(free_sched_context,
1422 "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1423 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1424
1425/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1426   by the insn scheduler.
1427   The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type
1428   of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the
1429   speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1).
1430   It should return
1431   -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type,
1432   0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type,
1433   1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly
1434   generated one.  */
1435DEFHOOK
1436(speculate_insn,
1437 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\
1438speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\
1439The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\
1440version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\
1441pattern.  The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\
1442or @minus{}1, if it doesn't.  @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\
1443speculation.  If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\
1444the generated speculative pattern.",
1445 int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL)
1446
1447/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1448   by the insn scheduler.  It should return true if the check instruction
1449   passed as the parameter needs a recovery block.  */
1450DEFHOOK
1451(needs_block_p,
1452 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\
1453for @var{insn}.  It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\
1454instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.",
1455 bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL)
1456
1457/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1458   by the insn scheduler.  It should return a pattern for the check
1459   instruction.
1460   The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter
1461   is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a
1462   simple check).  The third parameter is the kind of speculation that
1463   is being performed.  */
1464DEFHOOK
1465(gen_spec_check,
1466 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\
1467check instruction.  If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\
1468speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\
1469@var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\
1470be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\
1471recovery code (a simple check).  If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\
1472a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\
1473@var{insn} should be generated.  In this case @var{label} can't be null.",
1474 rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL)
1475
1476/* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1477   information about the speculation capabilities of the target.
1478   The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable.  */
1479DEFHOOK
1480(set_sched_flags,
1481 "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\
1482enabled/used.\n\
1483The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\
1484The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.",
1485 void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL)
1486
1487DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1488(get_insn_spec_ds,
1489 "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.",
1490 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1491
1492DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1493(get_insn_checked_ds,
1494 "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}",
1495 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1496
1497DEFHOOK
1498(can_speculate_insn,
1499 "Some instructions should never be speculated by the schedulers, usually\n\
1500 because the instruction is too expensive to get this wrong.  Often such\n\
1501 instructions have long latency, and often they are not fully modeled in the\n\
1502 pipeline descriptions.  This hook should return @code{false} if @var{insn}\n\
1503 should not be speculated.",
1504 bool, (rtx_insn *insn), hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
1505
1506DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1507(skip_rtx_p,
1508 "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\
1509 advance to the inner rtxes.",
1510 bool, (const_rtx x), NULL)
1511
1512/* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1513   information about the target resource-based lower bound which is
1514   used by the swing modulo scheduler.  The parameter is a pointer
1515   to ddg variable.  */
1516DEFHOOK
1517(sms_res_mii,
1518 "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\
1519resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\
1520the machine and the resources required by each instruction.  The target\n\
1521backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound.  A very simple lower\n\
1522bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\
1523of instructions divided by the issue rate.",
1524 int, (struct ddg *g), NULL)
1525
1526/* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch
1527   schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its
1528   parameters.  */
1529DEFHOOK
1530(dispatch_do,
1531"This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler.  It performs the operation specified\n\
1532in its second parameter.",
1533void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1534hook_void_rtx_insn_int)
1535
1536/* The following member value is a function that returns true is
1537   dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed
1538   as the second parameter is true.  */
1539DEFHOOK
1540(dispatch,
1541"This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler.  It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\
1542is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.",
1543bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1544hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false)
1545
1546DEFHOOKPOD
1547(exposed_pipeline,
1548"True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\
1549the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\
1550also the latencies of operations.",
1551bool, false)
1552
1553/* The following member value is a function that returns number
1554   of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for
1555   statements of the given type.  By default 1 is used.  */
1556DEFHOOK
1557(reassociation_width,
1558"This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\
1559parallelism required in output calculations chain.",
1560int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode),
1561hook_int_uint_mode_1)
1562
1563/* The following member value is a function that returns priority for
1564   fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters.  */
1565DEFHOOK
1566(fusion_priority,
1567"This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass.  It calculates fusion\n\
1568priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter.  The priorities\n\
1569are returned via pointer parameters.\n\
1570\n\
1571@var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\
1572@var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\
1573@var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\
1574fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\
1575@var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\
1576should be calculated and returned.\n\
1577\n\
1578Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\
1579be scheduled together.  Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\
1580instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}.  @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\
1581sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key.  All instructions will be\n\
1582scheduled according to the two priorities.  All priorities calculated\n\
1583should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive).  To avoid\n\
1584false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\
1585scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\
1586instructions.\n\
1587\n\
1588Given below example:\n\
1589\n\
1590@smallexample\n\
1591    ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1592    add r4, r4, r10\n\
1593    ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1594    sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1595    ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1596    add r4, r4, r11\n\
1597    ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1598    sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1599@end smallexample\n\
1600\n\
1601On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\
1602merged.  Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\
1603loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow.  That's where\n\
1604this scheduling fusion pass works.  This hook calculates priority for each\n\
1605instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\
1606\n\
1607@smallexample\n\
1608    ldr r10, [r1, 4]  ; fusion_pri=99,  pri=96\n\
1609    add r4, r4, r10   ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1610    ldr r15, [r2, 8]  ; fusion_pri=98,  pri=92\n\
1611    sub r5, r5, r15   ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1612    ldr r11, [r1, 0]  ; fusion_pri=99,  pri=100\n\
1613    add r4, r4, r11   ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1614    ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98,  pri=88\n\
1615    sub r5, r5, r16   ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1616@end smallexample\n\
1617\n\
1618Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\
1619to the priorities.  As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\
1620pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\
1621\n\
1622@smallexample\n\
1623    ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1624    ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1625    ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1626    ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1627    add r4, r4, r10\n\
1628    sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1629    add r4, r4, r11\n\
1630    sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1631@end smallexample\n\
1632\n\
1633Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\
1634\n\
1635Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\
1636work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\
1637\n\
1638This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\
1639the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.",
1640void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL)
1641
1642HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched)
1643
1644/* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMD and __attribute__((simd)) clones.  */
1645#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1646#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_"
1647HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone)
1648
1649DEFHOOK
1650(compute_vecsize_and_simdlen,
1651"This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\
1652fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\
1653@var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\
1654The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\
1655or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.",
1656int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int), NULL)
1657
1658DEFHOOK
1659(adjust,
1660"This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\
1661to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.",
1662void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1663
1664DEFHOOK
1665(usable,
1666"This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\
1667in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\
1668usable.  In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\
1669to use it.",
1670int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1671
1672HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone)
1673
1674/* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMT vectorization transform.  */
1675#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1676#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMT_"
1677HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMT, simt)
1678
1679DEFHOOK
1680(vf,
1681"Return number of threads in SIMT thread group on the target.",
1682int, (void), NULL)
1683
1684HOOK_VECTOR_END (simt)
1685
1686/* Functions relating to OpenMP.  */
1687#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1688#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OMP_"
1689HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OMP, omp)
1690
1691DEFHOOK
1692(device_kind_arch_isa,
1693"Return 1 if @var{trait} @var{name} is present in the OpenMP context's\n\
1694device trait set, return 0 if not present in any OpenMP context in the\n\
1695whole translation unit, or -1 if not present in the current OpenMP context\n\
1696but might be present in another OpenMP context in the same TU.",
1697int, (enum omp_device_kind_arch_isa trait, const char *name), NULL)
1698
1699HOOK_VECTOR_END (omp)
1700
1701/* Functions relating to openacc.  */
1702#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1703#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_GOACC_"
1704HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_GOACC, goacc)
1705
1706DEFHOOK
1707(validate_dims,
1708"This hook should check the launch dimensions provided for an OpenACC\n\
1709compute region, or routine.  Defaulted values are represented as -1\n\
1710and non-constant values as 0.  The @var{fn_level} is negative for the\n\
1711function corresponding to the compute region.  For a routine it is the\n\
1712outermost level at which partitioned execution may be spawned.  The hook\n\
1713should verify non-default values.  If DECL is NULL, global defaults\n\
1714are being validated and unspecified defaults should be filled in.\n\
1715Diagnostics should be issued as appropriate.  Return\n\
1716true, if changes have been made.  You must override this hook to\n\
1717provide dimensions larger than 1.",
1718bool, (tree decl, int *dims, int fn_level, unsigned used),
1719default_goacc_validate_dims)
1720
1721DEFHOOK
1722(dim_limit,
1723"This hook should return the maximum size of a particular dimension,\n\
1724or zero if unbounded.",
1725int, (int axis),
1726default_goacc_dim_limit)
1727
1728DEFHOOK
1729(fork_join,
1730"This hook can be used to convert IFN_GOACC_FORK and IFN_GOACC_JOIN\n\
1731function calls to target-specific gimple, or indicate whether they\n\
1732should be retained.  It is executed during the oacc_device_lower pass.\n\
1733It should return true, if the call should be retained.  It should\n\
1734return false, if it is to be deleted (either because target-specific\n\
1735gimple has been inserted before it, or there is no need for it).\n\
1736The default hook returns false, if there are no RTL expanders for them.",
1737bool, (gcall *call, const int *dims, bool is_fork),
1738default_goacc_fork_join)
1739
1740DEFHOOK
1741(reduction,
1742"This hook is used by the oacc_transform pass to expand calls to the\n\
1743@var{GOACC_REDUCTION} internal function, into a sequence of gimple\n\
1744instructions.  @var{call} is gimple statement containing the call to\n\
1745the function.  This hook removes statement @var{call} after the\n\
1746expanded sequence has been inserted.  This hook is also responsible\n\
1747for allocating any storage for reductions when necessary.",
1748void, (gcall *call),
1749default_goacc_reduction)
1750
1751HOOK_VECTOR_END (goacc)
1752
1753/* Functions relating to vectorization.  */
1754#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1755#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_"
1756HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize)
1757
1758/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1759   by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin
1760   function.  */
1761DEFHOOK
1762(builtin_mask_for_load,
1763 "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\
1764address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\
1765used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\
1766@var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\
1767\n\
1768The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\
1769@var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\
1770the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\
1771@code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\
1772two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\
1773@var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\
1774the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\
1775from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\
1776@var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\
1777@var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\
1778@var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\
1779\n\
1780If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\
1781to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\
1782use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\
1783@code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\
1784should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\
1785described above.\n\
1786If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\
1787the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\
1788log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.",
1789 tree, (void), NULL)
1790
1791/* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1792   a target-independent function, or NULL_TREE if not available.  */
1793DEFHOOK
1794(builtin_vectorized_function,
1795 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1796vectorized variant of the function with the @code{combined_fn} code\n\
1797@var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\
1798The return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1799@var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1800 tree, (unsigned code, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1801 default_builtin_vectorized_function)
1802
1803/* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1804   a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available.  */
1805DEFHOOK
1806(builtin_md_vectorized_function,
1807 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1808vectorized variant of target built-in function @code{fndecl}.  The\n\
1809return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1810@var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1811 tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1812 default_builtin_md_vectorized_function)
1813
1814/* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost
1815   model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends
1816   on the data type and misalignment value.  */
1817DEFHOOK
1818(builtin_vectorization_cost,
1819 "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\
1820For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\
1821misalignment value (@var{misalign}).",
1822 int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign),
1823 default_builtin_vectorization_cost)
1824
1825DEFHOOK
1826(preferred_vector_alignment,
1827 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for accesses to\n\
1828vectors of type @var{type} in vectorized code.  This might be less than\n\
1829or greater than the ABI-defined value returned by\n\
1830@code{TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT}.  It can be equal to the alignment of\n\
1831a single element, in which case the vectorizer will not try to optimize\n\
1832for alignment.\n\
1833\n\
1834The default hook returns @code{TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type})}, which is\n\
1835correct for most targets.",
1836 poly_uint64, (const_tree type),
1837 default_preferred_vector_alignment)
1838
1839/* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N
1840   iterations) for the given scalar type.  */
1841DEFHOOK
1842(vector_alignment_reachable,
1843 "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations) for the given scalar type @var{type}.  @var{is_packed} is false if the scalar access using @var{type} is known to be naturally aligned.",
1844 bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed),
1845 default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable)
1846
1847DEFHOOK
1848(vec_perm_const,
1849 "This hook is used to test whether the target can permute up to two\n\
1850vectors of mode @var{mode} using the permutation vector @code{sel}, and\n\
1851also to emit such a permutation.  In the former case @var{in0}, @var{in1}\n\
1852and @var{out} are all null.  In the latter case @var{in0} and @var{in1} are\n\
1853the source vectors and @var{out} is the destination vector; all three are\n\
1854registers of mode @var{mode}.  @var{in1} is the same as @var{in0} if\n\
1855@var{sel} describes a permutation on one vector instead of two.\n\
1856\n\
1857Return true if the operation is possible, emitting instructions for it\n\
1858if rtxes are provided.\n\
1859\n\
1860@cindex @code{vec_perm@var{m}} instruction pattern\n\
1861If the hook returns false for a mode with multibyte elements, GCC will\n\
1862try the equivalent byte operation.  If that also fails, it will try forcing\n\
1863the selector into a register and using the @var{vec_perm@var{mode}}\n\
1864instruction pattern.  There is no need for the hook to handle these two\n\
1865implementation approaches itself.",
1866 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx output, rtx in0, rtx in1,
1867	const vec_perm_indices &sel),
1868 NULL)
1869
1870/* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a
1871   specific factor denoted in the third parameter.  The last parameter
1872   is true if the access is defined in a packed struct.  */
1873DEFHOOK
1874(support_vector_misalignment,
1875 "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\
1876store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\
1877parameter.  The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\
1878the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}.  @var{is_packed}\n\
1879parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.",
1880 bool,
1881 (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed),
1882 default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment)
1883
1884/* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified
1885   scalar mode.  */
1886DEFHOOK
1887(preferred_simd_mode,
1888 "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\
1889mode @var{mode}.  The default is\n\
1890equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\
1891transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.",
1892 machine_mode,
1893 (scalar_mode mode),
1894 default_preferred_simd_mode)
1895
1896/* Returns the preferred mode for splitting SIMD reductions to.  */
1897DEFHOOK
1898(split_reduction,
1899 "This hook should return the preferred mode to split the final reduction\n\
1900step on @var{mode} to.  The reduction is then carried out reducing upper\n\
1901against lower halves of vectors recursively until the specified mode is\n\
1902reached.  The default is @var{mode} which means no splitting.",
1903  machine_mode,
1904  (machine_mode),
1905  default_split_reduction)
1906
1907/* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing
1908   after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode.  */
1909DEFHOOK
1910(autovectorize_vector_modes,
1911 "If using the mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}\n\
1912is not the only approach worth considering, this hook should add one mode to\n\
1913@var{modes} for each useful alternative approach.  These modes are then\n\
1914passed to @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_RELATED_MODE} to obtain the vector mode\n\
1915for a given element mode.\n\
1916\n\
1917The modes returned in @var{modes} should use the smallest element mode\n\
1918possible for the vectorization approach that they represent, preferring\n\
1919integer modes over floating-poing modes in the event of a tie.  The first\n\
1920mode should be the @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} for its\n\
1921element mode.\n\
1922\n\
1923If @var{all} is true, add suitable vector modes even when they are generally\n\
1924not expected to be worthwhile.\n\
1925\n\
1926The hook returns a bitmask of flags that control how the modes in\n\
1927@var{modes} are used.  The flags are:\n\
1928@table @code\n\
1929@item VECT_COMPARE_COSTS\n\
1930Tells the loop vectorizer to try all the provided modes and pick the one\n\
1931with the lowest cost.  By default the vectorizer will choose the first\n\
1932mode that works.\n\
1933@end table\n\
1934\n\
1935The hook does not need to do anything if the vector returned by\n\
1936@code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} is the only one relevant\n\
1937for autovectorization.  The default implementation adds no modes and\n\
1938returns 0.",
1939 unsigned int,
1940 (vector_modes *modes, bool all),
1941 default_autovectorize_vector_modes)
1942
1943DEFHOOK
1944(related_mode,
1945 "If a piece of code is using vector mode @var{vector_mode} and also wants\n\
1946to operate on elements of mode @var{element_mode}, return the vector mode\n\
1947it should use for those elements.  If @var{nunits} is nonzero, ensure that\n\
1948the mode has exactly @var{nunits} elements, otherwise pick whichever vector\n\
1949size pairs the most naturally with @var{vector_mode}.  Return an empty\n\
1950@code{opt_machine_mode} if there is no supported vector mode with the\n\
1951required properties.\n\
1952\n\
1953There is no prescribed way of handling the case in which @var{nunits}\n\
1954is zero.  One common choice is to pick a vector mode with the same size\n\
1955as @var{vector_mode}; this is the natural choice if the target has a\n\
1956fixed vector size.  Another option is to choose a vector mode with the\n\
1957same number of elements as @var{vector_mode}; this is the natural choice\n\
1958if the target has a fixed number of elements.  Alternatively, the hook\n\
1959might choose a middle ground, such as trying to keep the number of\n\
1960elements as similar as possible while applying maximum and minimum\n\
1961vector sizes.\n\
1962\n\
1963The default implementation uses @code{mode_for_vector} to find the\n\
1964requested mode, returning a mode with the same size as @var{vector_mode}\n\
1965when @var{nunits} is zero.  This is the correct behavior for most targets.",
1966 opt_machine_mode,
1967 (machine_mode vector_mode, scalar_mode element_mode, poly_uint64 nunits),
1968 default_vectorize_related_mode)
1969
1970/* Function to get a target mode for a vector mask.  */
1971DEFHOOK
1972(get_mask_mode,
1973 "Return the mode to use for a vector mask that holds one boolean\n\
1974result for each element of vector mode @var{mode}.  The returned mask mode\n\
1975can be a vector of integers (class @code{MODE_VECTOR_INT}), a vector of\n\
1976booleans (class @code{MODE_VECTOR_BOOL}) or a scalar integer (class\n\
1977@code{MODE_INT}).  Return an empty @code{opt_machine_mode} if no such\n\
1978mask mode exists.\n\
1979\n\
1980The default implementation returns a @code{MODE_VECTOR_INT} with the\n\
1981same size and number of elements as @var{mode}, if such a mode exists.",
1982 opt_machine_mode,
1983 (machine_mode mode),
1984 default_get_mask_mode)
1985
1986/* Function to say whether a masked operation is expensive when the
1987   mask is all zeros.  */
1988DEFHOOK
1989(empty_mask_is_expensive,
1990 "This hook returns true if masked internal function @var{ifn} (really of\n\
1991type @code{internal_fn}) should be considered expensive when the mask is\n\
1992all zeros.  GCC can then try to branch around the instruction instead.",
1993 bool,
1994 (unsigned ifn),
1995 default_empty_mask_is_expensive)
1996
1997/* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation.  */
1998DEFHOOK
1999(builtin_gather,
2000 "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation.  @var{mem_vectype}\n\
2001is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
2002the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
2003The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\
2004loads.",
2005 tree,
2006 (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
2007 NULL)
2008
2009/* Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation.  */
2010DEFHOOK
2011(builtin_scatter,
2012"Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation.  @var{vectype}\n\
2013is the vector type of the store and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
2014the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
2015The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize scatter\n\
2016stores.",
2017 tree,
2018 (const_tree vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
2019 NULL)
2020
2021/* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block.  */
2022DEFHOOK
2023(init_cost,
2024 "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation "
2025 "for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block.  The default "
2026 "allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue, "
2027 "body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block.  If @var{loop_info} is "
2028 "non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block "
2029 "is being vectorized.",
2030 void *,
2031 (class loop *loop_info),
2032 default_init_cost)
2033
2034/* Target function to record N statements of the given kind using the
2035   given vector type within the cost model data for the current loop or
2036    block.  */
2037DEFHOOK
2038(add_stmt_cost,
2039 "This hook should update the target-specific @var{data} in response to "
2040 "adding @var{count} copies of the given @var{kind} of statement to a "
2041 "loop or basic block.  The default adds the builtin vectorizer cost for "
2042 "the copies of the statement to the accumulator specified by @var{where}, "
2043 "(the prologue, body, or epilogue) and returns the amount added.  The "
2044 "return value should be viewed as a tentative cost that may later be "
2045 "revised.",
2046 unsigned,
2047 (void *data, int count, enum vect_cost_for_stmt kind,
2048  class _stmt_vec_info *stmt_info, int misalign,
2049  enum vect_cost_model_location where),
2050 default_add_stmt_cost)
2051
2052/* Target function to calculate the total cost of the current vectorized
2053   loop or block.  */
2054DEFHOOK
2055(finish_cost,
2056 "This hook should complete calculations of the cost of vectorizing a loop "
2057 "or basic block based on @var{data}, and return the prologue, body, and "
2058 "epilogue costs as unsigned integers.  The default returns the value of "
2059 "the three accumulators.",
2060 void,
2061 (void *data, unsigned *prologue_cost, unsigned *body_cost,
2062  unsigned *epilogue_cost),
2063 default_finish_cost)
2064
2065/* Function to delete target-specific cost modeling data.  */
2066DEFHOOK
2067(destroy_cost_data,
2068 "This hook should release @var{data} and any related data structures "
2069 "allocated by TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST.  The default releases the "
2070 "accumulator.",
2071 void,
2072 (void *data),
2073 default_destroy_cost_data)
2074
2075HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize)
2076
2077#undef HOOK_PREFIX
2078#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
2079
2080DEFHOOK
2081(preferred_else_value,
2082 "This hook returns the target's preferred final argument for a call\n\
2083to conditional internal function @var{ifn} (really of type\n\
2084@code{internal_fn}).  @var{type} specifies the return type of the\n\
2085function and @var{ops} are the operands to the conditional operation,\n\
2086of which there are @var{nops}.\n\
2087\n\
2088For example, if @var{ifn} is @code{IFN_COND_ADD}, the hook returns\n\
2089a value of type @var{type} that should be used when @samp{@var{ops}[0]}\n\
2090and @samp{@var{ops}[1]} are conditionally added together.\n\
2091\n\
2092This hook is only relevant if the target supports conditional patterns\n\
2093like @code{cond_add@var{m}}.  The default implementation returns a zero\n\
2094constant of type @var{type}.",
2095 tree,
2096 (unsigned ifn, tree type, unsigned nops, tree *ops),
2097 default_preferred_else_value)
2098
2099DEFHOOK
2100(record_offload_symbol,
2101 "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\
2102sections are available.  It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\
2103recorded in the offload function and variable table.",
2104 void, (tree),
2105 hook_void_tree)
2106
2107DEFHOOKPOD
2108(absolute_biggest_alignment,
2109 "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\
2110that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\
2111@code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.",
2112 HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
2113
2114/* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have
2115  been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the
2116  end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma.  */
2117DEFHOOK
2118(override_options_after_change,
2119 "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\
2120but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\
2121pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\
2122attribute or pragma.  It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\
2123when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\
2124actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\
2125@code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.",
2126 void, (void),
2127 hook_void_void)
2128
2129DEFHOOK
2130(offload_options,
2131 "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file.  It should\n\
2132translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\
2133into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\
2134to express such options.  It should return a string containing these options,\n\
2135separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n",
2136char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null)
2137
2138DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2139(eh_return_filter_mode,
2140 "Return machine mode for filter value.",
2141 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2142 default_eh_return_filter_mode)
2143
2144/* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions.  */
2145DEFHOOK
2146(libgcc_cmp_return_mode,
2147 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\
2148of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls.  If not defined\n\
2149@code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2150targets.",
2151 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2152 default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode)
2153
2154/* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions.  */
2155DEFHOOK
2156(libgcc_shift_count_mode,
2157 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\
2158of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls.  If not defined\n\
2159@code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2160targets.",
2161 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2162 default_libgcc_shift_count_mode)
2163
2164/* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type.  */
2165DEFHOOK
2166(unwind_word_mode,
2167 "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\
2168The default is to use @code{word_mode}.",
2169 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2170 default_unwind_word_mode)
2171
2172/* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result.  */
2173DEFHOOK
2174(merge_decl_attributes,
2175 "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\
2176handling.  If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2177@code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\
2178@var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}.  Examples of\n\
2179when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\
2180attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition.  This function may\n\
2181call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\
2182\n\
2183@findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\
2184If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\
2185for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\
2186@code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}.  The compiler\n\
2187will then define a function called\n\
2188@code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\
2189the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.  You can also\n\
2190add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\
2191to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\
2192@samp{dllexport} attributes.  This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\
2193@file{i386/i386.c}, for example.",
2194 tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl),
2195 merge_decl_attributes)
2196
2197/* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result.  */
2198DEFHOOK
2199(merge_type_attributes,
2200 "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\
2201handling.  If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2202@code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}.  It is assumed\n\
2203that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1.  This\n\
2204function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\
2205merging.",
2206 tree, (tree type1, tree type2),
2207 merge_type_attributes)
2208
2209/* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them.
2210   Ignored if NULL.  */
2211DEFHOOKPOD
2212(attribute_table,
2213 "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\
2214attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree-core.h}) specifying the machine\n\
2215specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\
2216entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\
2217take.",
2218 const struct attribute_spec *, NULL)
2219
2220/* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first
2221   argument.  */
2222DEFHOOK
2223(attribute_takes_identifier_p,
2224 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\
2225machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\
2226given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\
2227subjected to name lookup.  If this is not defined, the default is\n\
2228false for all machine-specific attributes.",
2229 bool, (const_tree name),
2230 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2231
2232/* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible,
2233   one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible
2234   (which causes a warning to be generated).  */
2235DEFHOOK
2236(comp_type_attributes,
2237 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\
2238@var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\
2239and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\
2240generated).  If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\
2241supposed always to be compatible.",
2242 int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
2243 hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1)
2244
2245/* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE.  */
2246DEFHOOK
2247(set_default_type_attributes,
2248 "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\
2249the newly defined @var{type}.",
2250 void, (tree type),
2251 hook_void_tree)
2252
2253/* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL.  */
2254DEFHOOK
2255(insert_attributes,
2256 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\
2257when it is being created.  This is normally useful for back ends which\n\
2258wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\
2259the pragma's effect.  The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\
2260created.  The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\
2261for this decl.  The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\
2262shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\
2263the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\
2264attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\
2265needed.",
2266 void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr),
2267 hook_void_tree_treeptr)
2268
2269/* Perform additional target-specific processing of generic attributes.  */
2270DEFHOOK
2271(handle_generic_attribute,
2272 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to perform additional\n\
2273target-specific processing of an attribute which is handled generically\n\
2274by a front end.  The arguments are the same as those which are passed to\n\
2275attribute handlers.  So far this only affects the @var{noinit} and\n\
2276@var{section} attribute.",
2277 tree, (tree *node, tree name, tree args, int flags, bool *no_add_attrs),
2278 hook_tree_treeptr_tree_tree_int_boolptr_null)
2279
2280/* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute)
2281   can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise.  */
2282DEFHOOK
2283(function_attribute_inlinable_p,
2284 "@cindex inlining\n\
2285This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\
2286into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\
2287attributes, @code{false} otherwise.  By default, if a function has a\n\
2288target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.",
2289 bool, (const_tree fndecl),
2290 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2291
2292/* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the
2293   Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules.  */
2294DEFHOOK
2295(ms_bitfield_layout_p,
2296 "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\
2297@var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\
2298Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\
2299unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\
2300different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\
2301alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\
2302bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\
2303the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\
2304(iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\
2305another bit-field of nonzero size.  If this hook returns @code{true},\n\
2306other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\
2307\n\
2308When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\
2309of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\
2310bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\
2311and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\
2312chunk of 32 bits.  However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\
2313size is allocated).  In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\
2314alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\
2315\n\
2316If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\
2317the latter will take precedence.  If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\
2318used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\
2319precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\
2320may affect its placement.",
2321 bool, (const_tree record_type),
2322 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2323
2324/* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for
2325   target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing
2326   before switching completely to the target hook.  */
2327DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2328(words_big_endian,
2329 "",
2330 bool, (void),
2331 targhook_words_big_endian)
2332
2333/* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN.  */
2334DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2335(float_words_big_endian,
2336 "",
2337 bool, (void),
2338 targhook_float_words_big_endian)
2339
2340DEFHOOK
2341(float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p,
2342 "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\
2343 and rounding modes, false otherwise.  This is intended to relate to the\
2344 @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\
2345 By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\
2346 available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\
2347 point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\
2348 does not.",
2349 bool, (void),
2350 default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p)
2351
2352/* True if the target supports decimal floating point.  */
2353DEFHOOK
2354(decimal_float_supported_p,
2355 "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.",
2356 bool, (void),
2357 default_decimal_float_supported_p)
2358
2359/* True if the target supports fixed-point.  */
2360DEFHOOK
2361(fixed_point_supported_p,
2362 "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.",
2363 bool, (void),
2364 default_fixed_point_supported_p)
2365
2366/* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment.  */
2367DEFHOOK
2368(align_anon_bitfield,
2369 "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\
2370whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\
2371structure.  The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\
2372the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.",
2373 bool, (void),
2374 hook_bool_void_false)
2375
2376/* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible.
2377   Return false if they should use the container type.  */
2378DEFHOOK
2379(narrow_volatile_bitfield,
2380 "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\
2381should use the narrowest mode possible.  It should return @code{false} if\n\
2382these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\
2383\n\
2384The default is @code{false}.",
2385 bool, (void),
2386 hook_bool_void_false)
2387
2388/* Set up target-specific built-in functions.  */
2389DEFHOOK
2390(init_builtins,
2391 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2392that need to be defined.  It should be a function that performs the\n\
2393necessary setup.\n\
2394\n\
2395Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\
2396instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\
2397they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\
2398instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\
2399\n\
2400To create a built-in function, call the function\n\
2401@code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\
2402which is defined by the language front end.  You can use any type nodes set\n\
2403up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\
2404only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\
2405@samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.",
2406 void, (void),
2407 hook_void_void)
2408
2409/* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific
2410   built-in function decl for CODE.
2411   Return NULL if that is not possible.  Return error_mark_node if CODE
2412   is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes.  */
2413DEFHOOK
2414(builtin_decl,
2415 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2416that need to be defined.  It should be a function that returns the\n\
2417builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\
2418If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\
2419if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\
2420If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\
2421@code{error_mark_node}.",
2422 tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL)
2423
2424/* Expand a target-specific builtin.  */
2425DEFHOOK
2426(expand_builtin,
2427 "\n\
2428Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2429@samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.  @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\
2430function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\
2431convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\
2432@var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\
2433@var{exp}'s operands.  @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\
2434ignored.  This function should return the result of the call to the\n\
2435built-in function.",
2436 rtx,
2437 (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore),
2438 default_expand_builtin)
2439
2440/* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin.  This is done
2441   *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to
2442   implement a crude form of function overloading.  The result is a
2443   complete expression that implements the operation.  PARAMS really
2444   has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here.  */
2445DEFHOOK
2446(resolve_overloaded_builtin,
2447 "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\
2448was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.  This is done\n\
2449@emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\
2450implement a crude form of function overloading.  @var{fndecl} is the\n\
2451declaration of the built-in function.  @var{arglist} is the list of\n\
2452arguments passed to the built-in function.  The result is a\n\
2453complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\
2454another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\
2455@var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}",
2456 tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL)
2457
2458DEFHOOK
2459(check_builtin_call,
2460 "Perform semantic checking on a call to a machine-specific built-in\n\
2461function after its arguments have been constrained to the function\n\
2462signature.  Return true if the call is valid, otherwise report an error\n\
2463and return false.\n\
2464\n\
2465This hook is called after @code{TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN}.\n\
2466The call was originally to built-in function @var{orig_fndecl},\n\
2467but after the optional @code{TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN}\n\
2468step is now to built-in function @var{fndecl}.  @var{loc} is the\n\
2469location of the call and @var{args} is an array of function arguments,\n\
2470of which there are @var{nargs}.  @var{arg_loc} specifies the location\n\
2471of each argument.",
2472 bool, (location_t loc, vec<location_t> arg_loc, tree fndecl,
2473	tree orig_fndecl, unsigned int nargs, tree *args),
2474 NULL)
2475
2476/* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE
2477   and GENERIC.  */
2478DEFHOOK
2479(fold_builtin,
2480 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2481@samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.  @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\
2482built-in function.  @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\
2483the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\
2484The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\
2485containing a simplified expression for the call's result.  If\n\
2486@var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.",
2487 tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore),
2488 hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null)
2489
2490/* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree.  */
2491DEFHOOK
2492(gimple_fold_builtin,
2493 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\
2494by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.  @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\
2495statement holding the function call.  Returns true if any change\n\
2496was made to the GIMPLE stream.",
2497 bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi),
2498 hook_bool_gsiptr_false)
2499
2500/* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
2501   determine which function's features get higher priority.  This is used
2502   during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two
2503   versions must be dispatched.  A function version with a higher priority
2504   is checked for dispatching earlier.  DECL1 and DECL2 are
2505   the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value
2506   if DECL1 is higher priority,  negative value if DECL2 is higher priority
2507   and 0 if they are the same. */
2508DEFHOOK
2509(compare_version_priority,
2510 "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\
2511determine which function's features get higher priority.  This is used\n\
2512during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\
2513versions must be dispatched.  A function version with a higher priority\n\
2514is checked for dispatching earlier.  @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\
2515 the two function decls that will be compared.",
2516 int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL)
2517
2518/*  Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right
2519    function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.
2520    ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body
2521    must be generated.  */
2522DEFHOOK
2523(generate_version_dispatcher_body,
2524 "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\
2525function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\
2526@var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\
2527body must be generated.",
2528 tree, (void *arg), NULL)
2529
2530/* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function
2531   versions.  The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function
2532   version at run-time.  DECL is one version from a set of semantically
2533   identical versions.  */
2534DEFHOOK
2535(get_function_versions_dispatcher,
2536 "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\
2537versions.  The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\
2538version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\
2539identical versions.",
2540 tree, (void *decl), NULL)
2541
2542/* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements
2543   reciprocal of a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available.  */
2544DEFHOOK
2545(builtin_reciprocal,
2546 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements the\n\
2547reciprocal of the machine-specific builtin function @var{fndecl}, or\n\
2548@code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.",
2549 tree, (tree fndecl),
2550 default_builtin_reciprocal)
2551
2552/* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated
2553   string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE.  In all other cases, return
2554   NULL.  */
2555DEFHOOK
2556(mangle_type,
2557 "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\
2558uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\
2559to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\
2560mangled name.  The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\
2561the type to be mangled.  The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\
2562not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\
2563for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize.  If the\n\
2564return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\
2565string constant.\n\
2566\n\
2567Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\
2568qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types.  Encode new\n\
2569fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\
2570is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\
2571length of @var{name} in decimal.  Encode qualified versions of\n\
2572ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\
2573@var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\
2574@var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\
2575code used to represent the unqualified version of this type.  (See\n\
2576@code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.c} for the list of\n\
2577codes.)  In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\
2578spaces in your string.\n\
2579\n\
2580This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution.  If the mangled\n\
2581name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\
2582can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\
2583before mangling.\n\
2584\n\
2585The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\
2586appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\
2587types.",
2588 const char *, (const_tree type),
2589 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
2590
2591/* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target.  */
2592DEFHOOK
2593(init_libfuncs,
2594 "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\
2595existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\
2596@code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.c}.\n\
2597@code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\
2598library routines.\n\
2599\n\
2600The default is to do nothing.  Most ports don't need to define this hook.",
2601 void, (void),
2602 hook_void_void)
2603
2604 /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __.  */
2605DEFHOOKPOD
2606(libfunc_gnu_prefix,
2607 "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\
2608underscores.  If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\
2609instead.  E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}.  This\n\
2610currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.  If this\n\
2611is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\
2612@code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.",
2613  bool, false)
2614
2615/* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
2616   has relocs, choose attributes for the section.  */
2617/* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION.  */
2618DEFHOOK
2619(section_type_flags,
2620 "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\
2621based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\
2622declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations.  @var{decl} may be\n\
2623null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\
2624\n\
2625The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\
2626read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}.  You should only\n\
2627need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\
2628set via @code{__attribute__}.",
2629 unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc),
2630 default_section_type_flags)
2631
2632DEFHOOK
2633(libc_has_function,
2634 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2635@var{fn_class} is present in the target C library.",
2636 bool, (enum function_class fn_class),
2637 default_libc_has_function)
2638
2639DEFHOOK
2640(libc_has_fast_function,
2641 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2642@code{(enum function_class)}@var{fcode} has a fast implementation.",
2643 bool, (int fcode),
2644 default_libc_has_fast_function)
2645
2646/* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or
2647   not, at the current point in the compilation.  */
2648DEFHOOK
2649(cannot_modify_jumps_p,
2650 "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\
2651instructions could be created.  On machines that require a register for\n\
2652every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\
2653reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\
2654\n\
2655@smallexample\n\
2656static bool\n\
2657cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\
2658@{\n\
2659  return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\
2660@}\n\
2661@end smallexample",
2662 bool, (void),
2663 hook_bool_void_false)
2664
2665/* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE.  */
2666DEFHOOK
2667(can_follow_jump,
2668 "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\
2669  return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\
2670  false, if it can't.\
2671  For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\
2672  follow through a hot/cold partitioning.",
2673 bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee),
2674 hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true)
2675
2676/* Return true if the target supports conditional execution.  */
2677DEFHOOK
2678(have_conditional_execution,
2679 "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\
2680This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\
2681modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.",
2682 bool, (void),
2683 default_have_conditional_execution)
2684
2685DEFHOOK
2686(gen_ccmp_first,
2687 "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\
2688 sequence of conditional comparisions.  It returns an appropriate comparison\n\
2689 with @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2690 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2691 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}.  They will be emitted when all the\n\
2692 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error.\n\
2693 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.",
2694 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, int code, tree op0, tree op1),
2695 NULL)
2696
2697DEFHOOK
2698(gen_ccmp_next,
2699 "This function prepares to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence\n\
2700 of conditional comparisons.  It returns an appropriate comparison with\n\
2701 @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2702 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2703 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}.  They will be emitted when all the\n\
2704 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error.  The\n\
2705 @var{prev} expression is the result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first}\n\
2706 or @code{gen_ccmp_next}.  It may return @code{NULL} if the combination of\n\
2707 @var{prev} and this comparison is not supported, otherwise the result must\n\
2708 be appropriate for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2709 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.\n\
2710 @var{bit_code} is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the compares.",
2711 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, rtx prev, int cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, int bit_code),
2712 NULL)
2713
2714/* Return a new value for loop unroll size.  */
2715DEFHOOK
2716(loop_unroll_adjust,
2717 "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\
2718should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\
2719the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\
2720the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\
2721is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\
2722number of memory accesses.",
2723 unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, class loop *loop),
2724 NULL)
2725
2726/* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand.  */
2727DEFHOOK
2728(legitimate_constant_p,
2729 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\
2730@var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine.  You can assume that\n\
2731@var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\
2732\n\
2733The default definition returns true.",
2734 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2735 hook_bool_mode_rtx_true)
2736
2737/* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool.  */
2738DEFHOOK
2739(cannot_force_const_mem,
2740 "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\
2741should not) be spilled to the constant pool.  @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2742of @var{x}.\n\
2743\n\
2744The default version of this hook returns false.\n\
2745\n\
2746The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\
2747deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\
2748from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\
2749holding the constant.  This restriction is often true of addresses\n\
2750of TLS symbols for various targets.",
2751 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2752 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
2753
2754DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2755(cannot_copy_insn_p,
2756 "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.",
2757 bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
2758
2759/* True if X is considered to be commutative.  */
2760DEFHOOK
2761(commutative_p,
2762 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\
2763Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\
2764PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@.  @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\
2765of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.",
2766 bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code),
2767 hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p)
2768
2769/* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends
2770   on the mode of the memory reference it is used in.  */
2771DEFHOOK
2772(mode_dependent_address_p,
2773 "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\
2774space @var{addrspace} can have\n\
2775different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\
2776reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\
2777but not others.\n\
2778\n\
2779Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\
2780effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\
2781of the operand being addressed.  Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\
2782addresses.  Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\
2783\n\
2784You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\
2785\n\
2786The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.",
2787 bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace),
2788 default_mode_dependent_address_p)
2789
2790/* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific
2791   ways to make it legitimate.  Return X or an invalid address on failure.  */
2792DEFHOOK
2793(legitimize_address,
2794 "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\
2795operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\
2796address.\n\
2797\n\
2798@findex break_out_memory_refs\n\
2799@var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\
2800and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\
2801@var{x}.\n\
2802\n\
2803The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\
2804@var{x}.  If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\
2805should return the new @var{x}.\n\
2806\n\
2807It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\
2808with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\
2809The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases.  In fact, if\n\
2810the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\
2811is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\
2812a valid way to legitimize the address.  But often a machine-dependent\n\
2813strategy can generate better code.",
2814 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode),
2815 default_legitimize_address)
2816
2817/* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS.  */
2818DEFHOOK
2819(delegitimize_address,
2820 "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\
2821@code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\
2822macros.  Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\
2823references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\
2824addressing modes.  This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\
2825the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\
2826into their original form.",
2827 rtx, (rtx x),
2828 delegitimize_mem_from_attrs)
2829
2830/* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info
2831   section.  */
2832DEFHOOK
2833(const_not_ok_for_debug_p,
2834 "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\
2835debug sections.",
2836 bool, (rtx x),
2837 default_const_not_ok_for_debug_p)
2838
2839/* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid.  */
2840DEFHOOK
2841(legitimate_address_p,
2842 "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\
2843address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2844\n\
2845Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\
2846non-strict one.  The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\
2847desired by the caller.\n\
2848\n\
2849The strict variant is used in the reload pass.  It must be defined so\n\
2850that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\
2851considered a memory reference.  This is because in contexts where some\n\
2852kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\
2853must be rejected.  For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\
2854up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\
2855register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\
2856if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\
2857\n\
2858The non-strict variant is used in other passes.  It must be defined to\n\
2859accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\
2860register is required.\n\
2861\n\
2862Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\
2863and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\
2864constant.  Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\
2865specifically as legitimate addresses.  Normally you would simply\n\
2866recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\
2867\n\
2868Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\
2869sums that are not marked with  @code{const}.  It assumes that a naked\n\
2870@code{plus} indicates indexing.  If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\
2871naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\
2872be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\
2873\n\
2874@cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\
2875On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\
2876the section that the address refers to.  On these machines, define the\n\
2877target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\
2878into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here.  When you see a\n\
2879@code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\
2880@code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section.  @xref{Assembler\n\
2881Format}.\n\
2882\n\
2883@cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\
2884Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\
2885this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro.  This macro\n\
2886has this syntax:\n\
2887\n\
2888@example\n\
2889#define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\
2890@end example\n\
2891\n\
2892@noindent\n\
2893and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\
2894address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2895\n\
2896@findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\
2897Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\
2898macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}.  You should use an\n\
2899@code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\
2900that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\
2901\n\
2902Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\
2903files that are recompiled when changes are made.",
2904 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict),
2905 default_legitimate_address_p)
2906
2907/* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block.  */
2908DEFHOOK
2909(use_blocks_for_constant_p,
2910 "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\
2911be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.  @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2912of @var{x}.\n\
2913\n\
2914The default version returns false for all constants.",
2915 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x),
2916 hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false)
2917
2918/* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block.  */
2919DEFHOOK
2920(use_blocks_for_decl_p,
2921 "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\
2922be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\
2923\n\
2924The default version returns true for all decls.",
2925 bool, (const_tree decl),
2926 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
2927
2928/* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses.  */
2929DEFHOOKPOD
2930(min_anchor_offset,
2931 "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\
2932On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\
2933applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\
2934for every mode.  The default value is 0.",
2935 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2936
2937DEFHOOKPOD
2938(max_anchor_offset,
2939 "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\
2940offset that should be applied to section anchors.  The default\n\
2941value is 0.",
2942 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2943
2944/* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol.  */
2945DEFHOOK
2946(use_anchors_for_symbol_p,
2947 "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\
2948@var{x}.  You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\
2949@samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\
2950\n\
2951The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\
2952intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\
2953or target-specific sections.",
2954 bool, (const_rtx x),
2955 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p)
2956
2957/* True if target supports indirect functions.  */
2958DEFHOOK
2959(has_ifunc_p,
2960 "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\
2961The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\
2962The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.",
2963 bool, (void),
2964 default_has_ifunc_p)
2965
2966/* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified
2967   call expression EXP.  DECL will be the called function, or NULL if
2968   this is an indirect call.  */
2969DEFHOOK
2970(function_ok_for_sibcall,
2971 "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\
2972call expression @var{exp}.  @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\
2973or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\
2974\n\
2975It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\
2976tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\
2977during PIC compilation.  The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\
2978as the @code{sibcall} md pattern cannot fail, or fall over to a\n\
2979``normal'' call.  The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\
2980may vary greatly between different architectures.",
2981 bool, (tree decl, tree exp),
2982 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
2983
2984/* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function
2985   FNDECL.  The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top
2986   level, outside of any function scope.  */
2987DEFHOOK
2988(set_current_function,
2989 "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\
2990context (@code{cfun}).  You can define this function if\n\
2991the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\
2992per-function basis.  For example, it may be used to implement function\n\
2993attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\
2994The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\
2995and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\
2996and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\
2997The default hook function does nothing.\n\
2998\n\
2999GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\
3000some parts of the back end.  The hook function is not invoked in this\n\
3001situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\
3002or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\
3003@code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\
3004outside of any function scope.",
3005 void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree)
3006
3007/* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section.  */
3008DEFHOOK
3009(in_small_data_p,
3010 "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\
3011The default version of this hook always returns false.",
3012 bool, (const_tree exp),
3013 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
3014
3015/* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve
3016   to the current executable or shared library.  */
3017DEFHOOK
3018(binds_local_p,
3019 "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\
3020rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\
3021or executable image).\n\
3022\n\
3023The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\
3024for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\
3025currently supported object file formats.",
3026 bool, (const_tree exp),
3027 default_binds_local_p)
3028
3029/* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue.  */
3030DEFHOOK
3031(profile_before_prologue,
3032 "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\
3033The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\
3034@code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.",
3035 bool, (void),
3036 default_profile_before_prologue)
3037
3038/* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling
3039   enabled.  */
3040DEFHOOK
3041(keep_leaf_when_profiled,
3042 "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\
3043 the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount.  This might\
3044 make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\
3045 stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\
3046 mcount is generated before the function prologue.",
3047 bool, (void),
3048 default_keep_leaf_when_profiled)
3049
3050/* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name,
3051   originally identified by ID, as required by the target,
3052   (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names).
3053   The default is to return ID without modification. */
3054DEFHOOK
3055(mangle_decl_assembler_name,
3056 "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\
3057by target-independent code.  The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\
3058the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\
3059or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++).  The return value of the\n\
3060hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\
3061your target system.  The default implementation of this hook just\n\
3062returns the @var{id} provided.",
3063 tree, (tree decl, tree  id),
3064 default_mangle_decl_assembler_name)
3065
3066/* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into
3067   the associated SYMBOL_REF.  */
3068DEFHOOK
3069(encode_section_info,
3070 "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\
3071treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\
3072function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\
3073\n\
3074The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\
3075@var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\
3076an entry in the constant pool.  In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\
3077rtl in question.  Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\
3078in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\
3079\n\
3080In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\
3081a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}.  Most decls\n\
3082will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed.  Global\n\
3083register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\
3084rtl.  (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\
3085leave it alone.)\n\
3086\n\
3087The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\
3088that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl.  It will\n\
3089be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\
3090declarations.  Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\
3091declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\
3092@var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\
3093\n\
3094@cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3095The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\
3096@code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3097Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\
3098encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\
3099discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3100\n\
3101The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\
3102in @file{varasm.c}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\
3103@code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.  Check whether the default does what you need\n\
3104before overriding it.",
3105 void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p),
3106 default_encode_section_info)
3107
3108/* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string.  */
3109DEFHOOK
3110(strip_name_encoding,
3111 "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\
3112the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3113may have added.",
3114 const char *, (const char *name),
3115 default_strip_name_encoding)
3116
3117/* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count,
3118   return the mask that they apply.  Return 0 otherwise.  */
3119DEFHOOK
3120(shift_truncation_mask,
3121 "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\
3122deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\
3123@xref{shift patterns}.\n\
3124\n\
3125On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\
3126shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\
3127equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}.  If\n\
3128this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\
3129otherwise it should return 0.  A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\
3130particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\
3131\n\
3132Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\
3133@emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\
3134that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\
3135\n\
3136The default implementation of this function returns\n\
3137@code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\
3138and 0 otherwise.  This definition is always safe, but if\n\
3139@code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\
3140nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\
3141by overriding it.",
3142 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3143 default_shift_truncation_mask)
3144
3145/* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present,
3146   so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by
3147   the reciprocal.  */
3148DEFHOOK
3149(min_divisions_for_recip_mul,
3150 "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\
3151divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\
3152the reciprocal.  This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\
3153that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\
3154of mode @var{mode}.  The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\
3155has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.",
3156 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
3157 default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul)
3158
3159DEFHOOK
3160(truly_noop_truncation,
3161 "This hook returns true if it is safe to ``convert'' a value of\n\
3162@var{inprec} bits to one of @var{outprec} bits (where @var{outprec} is\n\
3163smaller than @var{inprec}) by merely operating on it as if it had only\n\
3164@var{outprec} bits.  The default returns true unconditionally, which\n\
3165is correct for most machines.\n\
3166\n\
3167If @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P} returns false for a pair of modes,\n\
3168suboptimal code can result if this hook returns true for the corresponding\n\
3169mode sizes.  Making this hook return false in such cases may improve things.",
3170 bool, (poly_uint64 outprec, poly_uint64 inprec),
3171 hook_bool_puint64_puint64_true)
3172
3173/* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are
3174   always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return
3175   SIGN_EXTEND.  Return UNKNOWN otherwise.  */
3176/* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not
3177   necessarily defined at this point.  */
3178DEFHOOK
3179(mode_rep_extended,
3180 "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\
3181are always extended to a wider integral mode.  Return\n\
3182@code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\
3183sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}.  Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3184otherwise.  (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\
3185representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\
3186@code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\
3187@code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}.  Also no target extends\n\
3188@var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\
3189widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\
3190\n\
3191Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3192value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\
3193as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\
3194@code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns false.\n\
3195\n\
3196Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\
3197describe two related properties.  If you define\n\
3198@code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\
3199to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\
3200extension.\n\
3201\n\
3202In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\
3203@code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\
3204@code{mode}.",
3205 int, (scalar_int_mode mode, scalar_int_mode rep_mode),
3206 default_mode_rep_extended)
3207
3208 DEFHOOK
3209(setjmp_preserves_nonvolatile_regs_p,
3210 "On some targets, it is assumed that the compiler will spill all pseudos\n\
3211  that are live across a call to @code{setjmp}, while other targets treat\n\
3212  @code{setjmp} calls as normal function calls.\n\
3213  \n\
3214  This hook returns false if @code{setjmp} calls do not preserve all\n\
3215  non-volatile registers so that gcc that must spill all pseudos that are\n\
3216  live across @code{setjmp} calls.  Define this to return true if the\n\
3217  target does not need to spill all pseudos live across @code{setjmp} calls.\n\
3218  The default implementation conservatively assumes all pseudos must be\n\
3219  spilled across @code{setjmp} calls.",
3220 bool, (void),
3221 hook_bool_void_false)
3222
3223/* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))).  */
3224DEFHOOK
3225(valid_pointer_mode,
3226 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3227with machine mode @var{mode}.  The default version of this\n\
3228hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.",
3229 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode),
3230 default_valid_pointer_mode)
3231
3232/* Disambiguate with errno.  */
3233DEFHOOK
3234(ref_may_alias_errno,
3235 "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\
3236  may alias with the system C library errno location.  The default\
3237  version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\
3238  is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\
3239  a pointer to int.",
3240 bool, (ao_ref *ref),
3241 default_ref_may_alias_errno)
3242
3243/* Support for named address spaces.  */
3244#undef HOOK_PREFIX
3245#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_"
3246HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space)
3247
3248/* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space.  */
3249DEFHOOK
3250(pointer_mode,
3251 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\
3252@var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3253The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode}.",
3254 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3255 default_addr_space_pointer_mode)
3256
3257/* MODE to use for an address in another address space.  */
3258DEFHOOK
3259(address_mode,
3260 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\
3261@var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3262The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode}.",
3263 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3264 default_addr_space_address_mode)
3265
3266/* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE")))
3267   in another address space.  */
3268DEFHOOK
3269(valid_pointer_mode,
3270 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3271with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}.  This target\n\
3272hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\
3273except that it includes explicit named address space support.  The default\n\
3274version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\
3275@code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\
3276target hooks for the given address space.",
3277 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3278 default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode)
3279
3280/* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address
3281   space for a given mode.  */
3282DEFHOOK
3283(legitimate_address_p,
3284 "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\
3285@var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}.  The @var{strict}\n\
3286parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\
3287finished.  This target hook is the same as the\n\
3288@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\
3289explicit named address space support.",
3290 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as),
3291 default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p)
3292
3293/* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named
3294   address space to a valid one.  If NULL_RTX is returned use machine
3295   independent methods to make the address valid.  */
3296DEFHOOK
3297(legitimize_address,
3298 "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\
3299with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}.  This target\n\
3300hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\
3301except that it includes explicit named address space support.",
3302 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3303 default_addr_space_legitimize_address)
3304
3305/* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */
3306DEFHOOK
3307(subset_p,
3308 "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\
3309contained within the @var{superset} named address space.  Pointers to\n\
3310a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\
3311will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\
3312arithmetic operations.  Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\
3313converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.",
3314 bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset),
3315 default_addr_space_subset_p)
3316
3317/* True if 0 is a valid address in the address space, or false if
3318   0 is a NULL in the address space.  */
3319DEFHOOK
3320(zero_address_valid,
3321 "Define this to modify the default handling of address 0 for the\n\
3322address space.  Return true if 0 should be considered a valid address.",
3323 bool, (addr_space_t as),
3324 default_addr_space_zero_address_valid)
3325
3326/* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another.  */
3327DEFHOOK
3328(convert,
3329 "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\
3330@var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\
3331space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\
3332to a different named address space.  When this hook it called, it is\n\
3333guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\
3334as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.",
3335 rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type),
3336 default_addr_space_convert)
3337
3338/* Function to encode an address space into dwarf.  */
3339DEFHOOK
3340(debug,
3341 "Define this to define how the address space is encoded in dwarf.\n\
3342The result is the value to be used with @code{DW_AT_address_class}.",
3343 int, (addr_space_t as),
3344 default_addr_space_debug)
3345
3346/* Function to emit custom diagnostic if an address space is used.  */
3347DEFHOOK
3348(diagnose_usage,
3349 "Define this hook if the availability of an address space depends on\n\
3350command line options and some diagnostics should be printed when the\n\
3351address space is used.  This hook is called during parsing and allows\n\
3352to emit a better diagnostic compared to the case where the address space\n\
3353was not registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}.  @var{as} is\n\
3354the address space as registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}.\n\
3355@var{loc} is the location of the address space qualifier token.\n\
3356The default implementation does nothing.",
3357 void, (addr_space_t as, location_t loc),
3358 default_addr_space_diagnose_usage)
3359
3360HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space)
3361
3362#undef HOOK_PREFIX
3363#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
3364
3365DEFHOOK
3366(static_rtx_alignment,
3367 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for a\n\
3368statically-allocated rtx, such as a constant pool entry.  @var{mode}\n\
3369is the mode of the rtx.  The default implementation returns\n\
3370@samp{GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.",
3371 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3372 default_static_rtx_alignment)
3373
3374DEFHOOK
3375(constant_alignment,
3376 "This hook returns the alignment in bits of a constant that is being\n\
3377placed in memory.  @var{constant} is the constant and @var{basic_align}\n\
3378is the alignment that the object would ordinarily have.\n\
3379\n\
3380The default definition just returns @var{basic_align}.\n\
3381\n\
3382The typical use of this hook is to increase alignment for string\n\
3383constants to be word aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy\n\
3384constants can be done inline.  The function\n\
3385@code{constant_alignment_word_strings} provides such a definition.",
3386 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree constant, HOST_WIDE_INT basic_align),
3387 default_constant_alignment)
3388
3389DEFHOOK
3390(translate_mode_attribute,
3391 "Define this hook if during mode attribute processing, the port should\n\
3392translate machine_mode @var{mode} to another mode.  For example, rs6000's\n\
3393@code{KFmode}, when it is the same as @code{TFmode}.\n\
3394\n\
3395The default version of the hook returns that mode that was passed in.",
3396 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
3397 default_translate_mode_attribute)
3398
3399/* True if MODE is valid for the target.  By "valid", we mean able to
3400   be manipulated in non-trivial ways.  In particular, this means all
3401   the arithmetic is supported.  */
3402DEFHOOK
3403(scalar_mode_supported_p,
3404 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3405insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}.  For a scalar mode to be\n\
3406considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\
3407must work.\n\
3408\n\
3409The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\
3410required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\
3411Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\
3412code in @file{optabs.c}.",
3413 bool, (scalar_mode mode),
3414 default_scalar_mode_supported_p)
3415
3416/* Similarly for vector modes.  "Supported" here is less strict.  At
3417   least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins
3418   for further details.  */
3419DEFHOOK
3420(vector_mode_supported_p,
3421 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3422insns involving vector mode @var{mode}.  At the very least, it\n\
3423must have move patterns for this mode.",
3424 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3425 hook_bool_mode_false)
3426
3427DEFHOOK
3428(compatible_vector_types_p,
3429 "Return true if there is no target-specific reason for treating\n\
3430vector types @var{type1} and @var{type2} as distinct types.  The caller\n\
3431has already checked for target-independent reasons, meaning that the\n\
3432types are known to have the same mode, to have the same number of elements,\n\
3433and to have what the caller considers to be compatible element types.\n\
3434\n\
3435The main reason for defining this hook is to reject pairs of types\n\
3436that are handled differently by the target's calling convention.\n\
3437For example, when a new @var{N}-bit vector architecture is added\n\
3438to a target, the target may want to handle normal @var{N}-bit\n\
3439@code{VECTOR_TYPE} arguments and return values in the same way as\n\
3440before, to maintain backwards compatibility.  However, it may also\n\
3441provide new, architecture-specific @code{VECTOR_TYPE}s that are passed\n\
3442and returned in a more efficient way.  It is then important to maintain\n\
3443a distinction between the ``normal'' @code{VECTOR_TYPE}s and the new\n\
3444architecture-specific ones.\n\
3445\n\
3446The default implementation returns true, which is correct for most targets.",
3447 bool, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
3448 hook_bool_const_tree_const_tree_true)
3449
3450DEFHOOK
3451(vector_alignment,
3452 "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\
3453@var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI.  The default is to\n\
3454require natural alignment for vector types.  The alignment returned by\n\
3455this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\
3456the vector element type.",
3457 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
3458 default_vector_alignment)
3459
3460DEFHOOK
3461(array_mode,
3462 "Return the mode that GCC should use for an array that has\n\
3463@var{nelems} elements, with each element having mode @var{mode}.\n\
3464Return no mode if the target has no special requirements.  In the\n\
3465latter case, GCC looks for an integer mode of the appropriate size\n\
3466if available and uses BLKmode otherwise.  Usually the search for the\n\
3467integer mode is limited to @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE}, but the\n\
3468@code{TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} hook allows a larger mode to be\n\
3469used in specific cases.\n\
3470\n\
3471The main use of this hook is to specify that an array of vectors should\n\
3472also have a vector mode.  The default implementation returns no mode.",
3473 opt_machine_mode, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3474 hook_optmode_mode_uhwi_none)
3475
3476/* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array,
3477   overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit.  */
3478DEFHOOK
3479(array_mode_supported_p,
3480 "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\
3481of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\
3482Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\
3483and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\
3484\n\
3485One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\
3486that operate on several homogeneous vectors.  For example, ARM NEON\n\
3487has operations like:\n\
3488\n\
3489@smallexample\n\
3490int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\
3491@end smallexample\n\
3492\n\
3493where the return type is defined as:\n\
3494\n\
3495@smallexample\n\
3496typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\
3497@{\n\
3498  int8x8_t val[3];\n\
3499@} int8x8x3_t;\n\
3500@end smallexample\n\
3501\n\
3502If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\
3503@code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode.  GCC can then store\n\
3504@code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.",
3505 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3506 hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false)
3507
3508DEFHOOK
3509(libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p,
3510 "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\
3511floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\
3512@code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}.  The default version of this \n\
3513hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\
3514@code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.",
3515 bool, (scalar_float_mode mode),
3516 default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p)
3517
3518DEFHOOK
3519(floatn_mode,
3520 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for the type \n\
3521@code{_Float@var{n}}, if @var{extended} is false, or the type \n\
3522@code{_Float@var{n}x}, if @var{extended} is true.  If such a type is not\n\
3523supported, return @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}.  The default version of\n\
3524this hook returns @code{SFmode} for @code{_Float32}, @code{DFmode} for\n\
3525@code{_Float64} and @code{_Float32x} and @code{TFmode} for \n\
3526@code{_Float128}, if those modes exist and satisfy the requirements for \n\
3527those types and pass @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} and \n\
3528@code{TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}; for @code{_Float64x}, it \n\
3529returns the first of @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode} that exists and \n\
3530satisfies the same requirements; for other types, it returns \n\
3531@code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}.  The hook is only called for values\n\
3532of @var{n} and @var{extended} that are valid according to\n\
3533ISO/IEC TS 18661-3:2015; that is, @var{n} is one of 32, 64, 128, or,\n\
3534if @var{extended} is false, 16 or greater than 128 and a multiple of 32.",
3535 opt_scalar_float_mode, (int n, bool extended),
3536 default_floatn_mode)
3537
3538DEFHOOK
3539(floatn_builtin_p,
3540  "Define this to return true if the @code{_Float@var{n}} and\n\
3541@code{_Float@var{n}x} built-in functions should implicitly enable the\n\
3542built-in function without the @code{__builtin_} prefix in addition to the\n\
3543normal built-in function with the @code{__builtin_} prefix.  The default is\n\
3544to only enable built-in functions without the @code{__builtin_} prefix for\n\
3545the GNU C langauge.  In strict ANSI/ISO mode, the built-in function without\n\
3546the @code{__builtin_} prefix is not enabled.  The argument @code{FUNC} is the\n\
3547@code{enum built_in_function} id of the function to be enabled.",
3548 bool, (int func),
3549 default_floatn_builtin_p)
3550
3551/* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of
3552   TO, using MODE.  */
3553DEFHOOK
3554(register_move_cost,
3555 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3556from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}.  The classes\n\
3557are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\
3558A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\
3559that.\n\
3560\n\
3561It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\
3562same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\
3563registers if they are not general registers.\n\
3564\n\
3565If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\
3566hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\
3567classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\
3568constraints of the insn are met.  Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\
3569allow reload to verify that the constraints are met.  You should do this\n\
3570if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\
3571\n\
3572The default version of this function returns 2.",
3573 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to),
3574 default_register_move_cost)
3575
3576/* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory.  */
3577/* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL
3578   license grant.  Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS.  */
3579DEFHOOK
3580(memory_move_cost,
3581 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3582between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\
3583if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\
3584This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\
3585If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\
3586registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\
3587\n\
3588If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\
3589the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\
3590needed.  If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\
3591between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\
3592more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\
3593reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\
3594\n\
3595GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\
3596secondary reloads are needed.  It computes the costs due to copying via\n\
3597a secondary register.  If your machine copies from memory using a\n\
3598secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\
35994 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\
3600value to the result of that function.  The arguments to that function\n\
3601are the same as to this target hook.",
3602 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in),
3603 default_memory_move_cost)
3604
3605DEFHOOK
3606(use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p,
3607 "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\
3608two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\
3609when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\
3610implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\
3611insns.  Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\
3612@code{cpymem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\
3613unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\
3614\n\
3615This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\
3616given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3617infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\
3618Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\
3619units.\n\
3620\n\
3621The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\
3622@code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES} or\n\
3623@code{COMPARE_BY_PIECES}.  These describe the type of memory operation\n\
3624under consideration.\n\
3625\n\
3626The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\
3627optimized for speed rather than size.\n\
3628\n\
3629Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\
3630for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\
3631@code{cpymem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{cpymem} or\n\
3632@code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\
3633insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\
3634the body of the memory operation.\n\
3635\n\
3636Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\
3637in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\
3638move would be greater than that of a library call.",
3639 bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment,
3640        enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p),
3641 default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p)
3642
3643DEFHOOK
3644(compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio,
3645 "When expanding a block comparison in MODE, gcc can try to reduce the\n\
3646number of branches at the expense of more memory operations.  This hook\n\
3647allows the target to override the default choice.  It should return the\n\
3648factor by which branches should be reduced over the plain expansion with\n\
3649one comparison per @var{mode}-sized piece.  A port can also prevent a\n\
3650particular mode from being used for block comparisons by returning a\n\
3651negative number from this hook.",
3652 int, (machine_mode mode),
3653 default_compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio)
3654
3655DEFHOOK
3656(slow_unaligned_access,
3657 "This hook returns true if memory accesses described by the\n\
3658@var{mode} and @var{alignment} parameters have a cost many times greater\n\
3659than aligned accesses, for example if they are emulated in a trap handler.\n\
3660This hook is invoked only for unaligned accesses, i.e.@: when\n\
3661@code{@var{alignment} < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.\n\
3662\n\
3663When this hook returns true, the compiler will act as if\n\
3664@code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} were true when generating code for block\n\
3665moves.  This can cause significantly more instructions to be produced.\n\
3666Therefore, do not make this hook return true if unaligned accesses only\n\
3667add a cycle or two to the time for a memory access.\n\
3668\n\
3669The hook must return true whenever @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} is true.\n\
3670The default implementation returns @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT}.",
3671 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned int align),
3672 default_slow_unaligned_access)
3673
3674DEFHOOK
3675(optab_supported_p,
3676 "Return true if the optimizers should use optab @var{op} with\n\
3677modes @var{mode1} and @var{mode2} for optimization type @var{opt_type}.\n\
3678The optab is known to have an associated @file{.md} instruction\n\
3679whose C condition is true.  @var{mode2} is only meaningful for conversion\n\
3680optabs; for direct optabs it is a copy of @var{mode1}.\n\
3681\n\
3682For example, when called with @var{op} equal to @code{rint_optab} and\n\
3683@var{mode1} equal to @code{DFmode}, the hook should say whether the\n\
3684optimizers should use optab @code{rintdf2}.\n\
3685\n\
3686The default hook returns true for all inputs.",
3687 bool, (int op, machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2,
3688	optimization_type opt_type),
3689 default_optab_supported_p)
3690
3691/* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will
3692   be allocated to registers in a small register class.  The compiler is
3693   allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers
3694   but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers.  */
3695DEFHOOK
3696(small_register_classes_for_mode_p,
3697 "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\
3698small register classes.  If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\
3699@var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\
3700in @var{mode}.  The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\
3701In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\
3702for any mode.\n\
3703\n\
3704On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\
3705insns.  Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\
3706to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\
3707if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\
3708insn.\n\
3709\n\
3710Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\
3711in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\
3712the instruction are already known.  And for some machines, register\n\
3713classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\
3714registers.  For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\
3715registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\
3716SSE registers for floating point operations.  On such targets, a good\n\
3717strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\
3718machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\
3719\n\
3720The default version of this hook returns false for any mode.  It is always\n\
3721safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value.  But if you\n\
3722unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\
3723that can be performed in some cases.  If you do not define this hook\n\
3724to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\
3725of spill registers and print a fatal error message.",
3726 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3727 hook_bool_mode_false)
3728
3729/* Register number for a flags register.  Only needs to be defined if the
3730   target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination.  */
3731DEFHOOKPOD
3732(flags_regnum,
3733 "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\n\
3734post-reload comparison elimination pass, or the delay slot filler pass,\n\
3735then this value should be set appropriately.",
3736unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM)
3737
3738/* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X.  Return true if the complete
3739   cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
3740   scanned.  In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result.  */
3741/* Note that OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's
3742   not necessarily defined at this point.  */
3743DEFHOOK
3744(rtx_costs,
3745 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\
3746\n\
3747The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\
3748available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\
3749as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\
3750That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\
3751that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\
3752either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\
3753(b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\
3754\n\
3755@var{mode} is @var{x}'s machine mode, or for cases like @code{const_int} that\n\
3756do not have a mode, the mode in which @var{x} is used.\n\
3757\n\
3758In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3759@code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3760instructions.\n\
3761\n\
3762On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\
3763for the cost of the expression.  The hook should modify this value as\n\
3764necessary.  Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\
3765for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\
3766operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\
3767\n\
3768When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3769false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3770size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\
3771\n\
3772The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\
3773processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.",
3774 bool, (rtx x, machine_mode mode, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed),
3775 hook_bool_rtx_mode_int_int_intp_bool_false)
3776
3777/* Compute the cost of X, used as an address.  Never called with
3778   invalid addresses.  */
3779DEFHOOK
3780(address_cost,
3781 "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\
3782@var{address}.  If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\
3783the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\
3784\n\
3785For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\
3786true cost of the addressing mode.  However, on RISC machines, all\n\
3787instructions normally have the same length and execution time.  Hence\n\
3788all addresses will have equal costs.\n\
3789\n\
3790In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\
3791the lowest cost will be used.  If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\
3792cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\
3793\n\
3794For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\
3795and a constant is used twice in the same basic block.  When this macro\n\
3796is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\
3797references will be indirect through that register.  On machines where\n\
3798the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\
3799that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\
3800instruction and possibly require an additional register.  Proper\n\
3801specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\
3802\n\
3803This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\
3804\n\
3805On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\
3806cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\
3807@code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\
3808be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\
3809@code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner.  This effect\n\
3810should be considered in the definition of this macro.  Equivalent costs\n\
3811should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\
3812registers on machines with lots of registers.",
3813 int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed),
3814 default_address_cost)
3815
3816/* Compute a cost for INSN.  */
3817DEFHOOK
3818(insn_cost,
3819 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL instructions.\n\
3820\n\
3821In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3822@code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3823instructions.\n\
3824\n\
3825When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3826false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3827size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.",
3828 int, (rtx_insn *insn, bool speed), NULL)
3829
3830/* Give a cost, in RTX Costs units, for an edge.  Like BRANCH_COST, but with
3831   well defined units.  */
3832DEFHOOK
3833(max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost,
3834 "This hook returns a value in the same units as @code{TARGET_RTX_COSTS},\n\
3835giving the maximum acceptable cost for a sequence generated by the RTL\n\
3836if-conversion pass when conditional execution is not available.\n\
3837The RTL if-conversion pass attempts to convert conditional operations\n\
3838that would require a branch to a series of unconditional operations and\n\
3839@code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns.  This hook returns the maximum cost of the\n\
3840unconditional instructions and the @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns.\n\
3841RTL if-conversion is cancelled if the cost of the converted sequence\n\
3842is greater than the value returned by this hook.\n\
3843\n\
3844@code{e} is the edge between the basic block containing the conditional\n\
3845branch to the basic block which would be executed if the condition\n\
3846were true.\n\
3847\n\
3848The default implementation of this hook uses the\n\
3849@code{max-rtl-if-conversion-[un]predictable} parameters if they are set,\n\
3850and uses a multiple of @code{BRANCH_COST} otherwise.",
3851unsigned int, (edge e),
3852default_max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost)
3853
3854/* Return true if the given instruction sequence is a good candidate
3855   as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence.  */
3856DEFHOOK
3857(noce_conversion_profitable_p,
3858 "This hook returns true if the instruction sequence @code{seq} is a good\n\
3859candidate as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence described in\n\
3860@code{if_info}.",
3861bool, (rtx_insn *seq, struct noce_if_info *if_info),
3862default_noce_conversion_profitable_p)
3863
3864DEFHOOK
3865(estimated_poly_value,
3866 "Return an estimate of the runtime value of @var{val}, for use in\n\
3867things like cost calculations or profiling frequencies.  The default\n\
3868implementation returns the lowest possible value of @var{val}.",
3869 HOST_WIDE_INT, (poly_int64 val),
3870 default_estimated_poly_value)
3871
3872/* Permit speculative instructions in delay slots during delayed-branch
3873   scheduling.  */
3874DEFHOOK
3875(no_speculation_in_delay_slots_p,
3876 "This predicate controls the use of the eager delay slot filler to disallow\n\
3877speculatively executed instructions being placed in delay slots.  Targets\n\
3878such as certain MIPS architectures possess both branches with and without\n\
3879delay slots.  As the eager delay slot filler can decrease performance,\n\
3880disabling it is beneficial when ordinary branches are available.  Use of\n\
3881delay slot branches filled using the basic filler is often still desirable\n\
3882as the delay slot can hide a pipeline bubble.", bool, (void),
3883  hook_bool_void_false)
3884
3885/* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value.  */
3886DEFHOOK
3887(allocate_initial_value,
3888 "\n\
3889When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\
3890register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\
3891to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\
3892it has been saved into can be used.  @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\
3893is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\
3894that had its initial value copied by using\n\
3895@code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\
3896Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\
3897to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\
3898the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\
3899@code{MEM}.\n\
3900If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\
3901it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\
3902You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\
3903@code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\
3904register in question will not be clobbered.\n\
3905The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\
3906allocation.",
3907 rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL)
3908
3909/* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap.
3910   FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.c: may_trap_p_1.  */
3911DEFHOOK
3912(unspec_may_trap_p,
3913 "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\
3914@code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap.  Targets can use\n\
3915this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\
3916@code{unspec_volatile} operations.  You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
3917to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
3918passed along.",
3919 int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
3920 default_unspec_may_trap_p)
3921
3922/* Return nonzero if evaluating SIGN_EXTRACT X or ZERO_EXTRACT X might
3923   cause a trap.  FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.c:
3924   may_trap_p_1. */
3925DEFHOOK
3926(bitfield_may_trap_p,
3927 "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{sign_extract} or\n\
3928@code{zero_extract} operation, might cause a trap.  Targets can use\n\
3929this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{sign_extract} and\n\
3930@code{zero_extract} operations.  You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
3931to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
3932passed along.",
3933 int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
3934 default_bitfield_may_trap_p)
3935
3936/* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers
3937   to represent where to find the register pieces.  Define this hook
3938   if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in
3939   non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be
3940   represented in more than one register in Dwarf.  Otherwise, this
3941   hook should return NULL_RTX.  */
3942DEFHOOK
3943(dwarf_register_span,
3944 "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\
3945represent where to find the register pieces.  Define this hook if the\n\
3946register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\
3947locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\
3948register in Dwarf.  Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\
3949If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.",
3950 rtx, (rtx reg),
3951 hook_rtx_rtx_null)
3952
3953/* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame
3954   register.  */
3955DEFHOOK
3956(dwarf_frame_reg_mode,
3957 "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\
3958corresponding Dwarf frame register should have.  This is normally\n\
3959used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\
3960clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size",
3961 machine_mode, (int regno),
3962 default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode)
3963
3964/* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table
3965   entries not corresponding directly to registers below
3966   FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary
3967   code, given the address of the table.  */
3968DEFHOOK
3969(init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra,
3970 "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\
3971multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\
3972sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\
3973It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\
3974filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\
3975@var{address} is the address of the table.",
3976 void, (tree address),
3977 hook_void_tree)
3978
3979/* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for
3980   targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to
3981   the condition codes.  This should return true if there is such a
3982   register, false otherwise.  The arguments should be set to the
3983   fixed register numbers.  Up to two condition code registers are
3984   supported.  If there is only one for this target, the int pointed
3985   at by the second argument should be set to -1.  */
3986DEFHOOK
3987(fixed_condition_code_regs,
3988 "On targets which do not use @code{(cc0)}, and which use a hard\n\
3989register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\
3990regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\
3991hard register is set to a common value.  Use this hook to enable a\n\
3992small pass which optimizes such cases.  This hook should return true\n\
3993to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\
3994arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\
3995When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\
3996integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\
3997@code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\
3998\n\
3999The default version of this hook returns false.",
4000 bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2),
4001 hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false)
4002
4003/* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition
4004     code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison
4005     done in the returned mode will work for both of the original
4006     modes.  If the condition code modes are not compatible, return
4007     VOIDmode.  */
4008DEFHOOK
4009(cc_modes_compatible,
4010 "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\
4011@code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\
4012validly done in more than one mode.  On such a system, define this\n\
4013target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\
4014both comparisons may be validly done.  If there is no such mode,\n\
4015return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\
4016\n\
4017The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\
4018same.  If they are, it returns that mode.  If they are different, it\n\
4019returns @code{VOIDmode}.",
4020 machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2),
4021 default_cc_modes_compatible)
4022
4023/* Do machine-dependent code transformations.  Called just before
4024     delayed-branch scheduling.  */
4025DEFHOOK
4026(machine_dependent_reorg,
4027 "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\
4028instruction stream.  The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\
4029just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\
4030\n\
4031The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target.  Some use\n\
4032it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\
4033laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\
4034Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\
4035\n\
4036You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do.  The default\n\
4037definition is null.",
4038 void, (void), NULL)
4039
4040/* Create the __builtin_va_list type.  */
4041DEFHOOK
4042(build_builtin_va_list,
4043 "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\
4044The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.",
4045 tree, (void),
4046 std_build_builtin_va_list)
4047
4048/* Enumerate the va list variants.  */
4049DEFHOOK
4050(enum_va_list_p,
4051 "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\
4052to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\
4053variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\
4054to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\
4055variable.\n\
4056The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\
4057this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\
4058internal type.\n\
4059If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\
4060Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\
4061macro to iterate through all types.",
4062 int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree),
4063 NULL)
4064
4065/* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type.  */
4066DEFHOOK
4067(fn_abi_va_list,
4068 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\
4069@var{fndecl}.\n\
4070The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.",
4071 tree, (tree fndecl),
4072 std_fn_abi_va_list)
4073
4074/* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type.  */
4075DEFHOOK
4076(canonical_va_list_type,
4077 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\
4078type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\
4079@code{NULL_TREE}.",
4080 tree, (tree type),
4081 std_canonical_va_list_type)
4082
4083/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant.  */
4084DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4085(expand_builtin_va_start,
4086"Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.",
4087 void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL)
4088
4089/* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR.  */
4090DEFHOOK
4091(gimplify_va_arg_expr,
4092 "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\
4093@code{VA_ARG_EXPR}.  The first two parameters correspond to the\n\
4094arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\
4095@code{gimplify.c:gimplify_expr}.",
4096 tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p),
4097 std_gimplify_va_arg_expr)
4098
4099/* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific.
4100   get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored,
4101   and stores the size in its argument.  pch_valid_p gets the same
4102   information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid,
4103   or an error message if not.  */
4104DEFHOOK
4105(get_pch_validity,
4106 "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\
4107@code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\
4108@samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.",
4109 void *, (size_t *sz),
4110 default_get_pch_validity)
4111
4112DEFHOOK
4113(pch_valid_p,
4114 "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\
4115compatible with the current settings.  It returns @code{NULL}\n\
4116if so and a suitable error message if not.  Error messages will\n\
4117be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\
4118\n\
4119@var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\
4120when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\
4121It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\
4122compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\
4123\n\
4124The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\
4125suitable for most targets.",
4126 const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz),
4127 default_pch_valid_p)
4128
4129DEFHOOK
4130(prepare_pch_save,
4131 "Called before writing out a PCH file.  If the target has some\n\
4132garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\
4133it can use this hook to enforce that state.  Very few targets need\n\
4134to do anything here.",
4135 void, (void),
4136 hook_void_void)
4137
4138/* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the
4139   given set of target flags can be used.  It returns NULL if so,
4140   otherwise it returns an error message.  */
4141DEFHOOK
4142(check_pch_target_flags,
4143 "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\
4144@code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\
4145of @code{target_flags}.  @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\
4146@code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created.  The return\n\
4147value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.",
4148 const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL)
4149
4150/* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many
4151   bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of
4152   that type.  */
4153DEFHOOK
4154(default_short_enums,
4155 "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\
4156@code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\
4157of possible values of that type.  It should return false if all\n\
4158@code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\
4159\n\
4160The default is to return false.",
4161 bool, (void),
4162 hook_bool_void_false)
4163
4164/* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address
4165   of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer.  */
4166DEFHOOK
4167(builtin_setjmp_frame_value,
4168 "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\
4169the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\
4170The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\
4171machines.  One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\
4172@code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.",
4173 rtx, (void),
4174 default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value)
4175
4176/* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints,
4177   and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm.  */
4178DEFHOOK
4179(md_asm_adjust,
4180 "This target hook may add @dfn{clobbers} to @var{clobbers} and\n\
4181@var{clobbered_regs} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically\n\
4182clobber for an asm.  The @var{outputs} and @var{inputs} may be inspected\n\
4183to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm.\n\
4184\n\
4185It may modify the @var{outputs}, @var{inputs}, and @var{constraints}\n\
4186as necessary for other pre-processing.  In this case the return value is\n\
4187a sequence of insns to emit after the asm.",
4188 rtx_insn *,
4189 (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<const char *>& constraints,
4190  vec<rtx>& clobbers, HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs),
4191 NULL)
4192
4193/* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention
4194   in the debug information.  This function actually returns an
4195   enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations
4196   and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included
4197   the function is being declared as an int.  */
4198DEFHOOK
4199(dwarf_calling_convention,
4200 "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\
4201be emitted for each function.  Instead of an integer return the enum\n\
4202value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.",
4203 int, (const_tree function),
4204 hook_int_const_tree_0)
4205
4206/* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that
4207   contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs.  The call frame debugging info
4208   engine will invoke it on insns of the form
4209     (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX))
4210   and
4211     (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX))
4212   to let the backend emit the call frame instructions.  */
4213DEFHOOK
4214(dwarf_handle_frame_unspec,
4215 "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\
4216contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs.  The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\
4217info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\
4218@smallexample\n\
4219(set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\
4220@end smallexample\n\
4221and\n\
4222@smallexample\n\
4223(set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\
4224@end smallexample\n\
4225to let the backend emit the call frame instructions.  @var{label} is\n\
4226the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\
4227the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.",
4228 void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL)
4229
4230DEFHOOK
4231(dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value,
4232 "Express the value of @code{poly_int} indeterminate @var{i} as a DWARF\n\
4233expression, with @var{i} counting from 1.  Return the number of a DWARF\n\
4234register @var{R} and set @samp{*@var{factor}} and @samp{*@var{offset}} such\n\
4235that the value of the indeterminate is:\n\
4236@smallexample\n\
4237value_of(@var{R}) / @var{factor} - @var{offset}\n\
4238@end smallexample\n\
4239\n\
4240A target only needs to define this hook if it sets\n\
4241@samp{NUM_POLY_INT_COEFFS} to a value greater than 1.",
4242 unsigned int, (unsigned int i, unsigned int *factor, int *offset),
4243 default_dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value)
4244
4245/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant.  */
4246DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4247(stdarg_optimize_hook,
4248"Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\
4249 from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}.  @var{stmt} is the statement.  Returns true if\
4250 the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.",
4251 bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const gimple *stmt), NULL)
4252
4253/* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL
4254   that represents the external variable that contains the stack
4255   protection guard variable.  The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node.  */
4256DEFHOOK
4257(stack_protect_guard,
4258 "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\
4259for the stack protection guard.  This variable is initialized by the\n\
4260runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\
4261that is placed at the top of the local stack frame.  The type of this\n\
4262variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\
4263\n\
4264The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\
4265@samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4266 tree, (void),
4267 default_stack_protect_guard)
4268
4269/* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR
4270   that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails.  */
4271DEFHOOK
4272(stack_protect_fail,
4273 "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\
4274stack protect guard variable has been modified.  This expression should\n\
4275involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\
4276\n\
4277The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\
4278@samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments.  This function is\n\
4279normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4280 tree, (void),
4281 default_external_stack_protect_fail)
4282
4283/* This target hook allows the operating system to disable the default stack
4284   protector runtime support.  */
4285DEFHOOK
4286(stack_protect_runtime_enabled_p,
4287 "Returns true if the target wants GCC's default stack protect runtime support,\
4288 otherwise return false.  The default implementation always returns true.",
4289 bool, (void),
4290 hook_bool_void_true)
4291
4292DEFHOOK
4293(have_speculation_safe_value,
4294"This hook is used to determine the level of target support for\n\
4295 @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}.  If called with an argument\n\
4296 of false, it returns true if the target has been modified to support\n\
4297 this builtin.  If called with an argument of true, it returns true\n\
4298 if the target requires active mitigation execution might be speculative.\n\
4299 \n\
4300 The default implementation returns false if the target does not define\n\
4301 a pattern named @code{speculation_barrier}.  Else it returns true\n\
4302 for the first case and whether the pattern is enabled for the current\n\
4303 compilation for the second case.\n\
4304 \n\
4305 For targets that have no processors that can execute instructions\n\
4306 speculatively an alternative implemenation of this hook is available:\n\
4307 simply redefine this hook to @code{speculation_safe_value_not_needed}\n\
4308 along with your other target hooks.",
4309bool, (bool active), default_have_speculation_safe_value)
4310
4311DEFHOOK
4312(speculation_safe_value,
4313"This target hook can be used to generate a target-specific code\n\
4314 sequence that implements the @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}\n\
4315 built-in function.  The function must always return @var{val} in\n\
4316 @var{result} in mode @var{mode} when the cpu is not executing\n\
4317 speculatively, but must never return that when speculating until it\n\
4318 is known that the speculation will not be unwound.  The hook supports\n\
4319 two primary mechanisms for implementing the requirements.  The first\n\
4320 is to emit a speculation barrier which forces the processor to wait\n\
4321 until all prior speculative operations have been resolved; the second\n\
4322 is to use a target-specific mechanism that can track the speculation\n\
4323 state and to return @var{failval} if it can determine that\n\
4324 speculation must be unwound at a later time.\n\
4325 \n\
4326 The default implementation simply copies @var{val} to @var{result} and\n\
4327 emits a @code{speculation_barrier} instruction if that is defined.",
4328rtx, (machine_mode mode, rtx result, rtx val, rtx failval),
4329 default_speculation_safe_value)
4330
4331DEFHOOK
4332(predict_doloop_p,
4333 "Return true if we can predict it is possible to use a low-overhead loop\n\
4334for a particular loop.  The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to the loop.\n\
4335This target hook is required only when the target supports low-overhead\n\
4336loops, and will help ivopts to make some decisions.\n\
4337The default version of this hook returns false.",
4338 bool, (class loop *loop),
4339 default_predict_doloop_p)
4340
4341DEFHOOKPOD
4342(have_count_reg_decr_p,
4343 "Return true if the target supports hardware count register for decrement\n\
4344and branch.\n\
4345The default value is false.",
4346 bool, false)
4347
4348DEFHOOKPOD
4349(doloop_cost_for_generic,
4350 "One IV candidate dedicated for doloop is introduced in IVOPTs, we can\n\
4351calculate the computation cost of adopting it to any generic IV use by\n\
4352function get_computation_cost as before.  But for targets which have\n\
4353hardware count register support for decrement and branch, it may have to\n\
4354move IV value from hardware count register to general purpose register\n\
4355while doloop IV candidate is used for generic IV uses.  It probably takes\n\
4356expensive penalty.  This hook allows target owners to define the cost for\n\
4357this especially for generic IV uses.\n\
4358The default value is zero.",
4359 int64_t, 0)
4360
4361DEFHOOKPOD
4362(doloop_cost_for_address,
4363 "One IV candidate dedicated for doloop is introduced in IVOPTs, we can\n\
4364calculate the computation cost of adopting it to any address IV use by\n\
4365function get_computation_cost as before.  But for targets which have\n\
4366hardware count register support for decrement and branch, it may have to\n\
4367move IV value from hardware count register to general purpose register\n\
4368while doloop IV candidate is used for address IV uses.  It probably takes\n\
4369expensive penalty.  This hook allows target owners to define the cost for\n\
4370this escpecially for address IV uses.\n\
4371The default value is zero.",
4372 int64_t, 0)
4373
4374DEFHOOK
4375(can_use_doloop_p,
4376 "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\
4377and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop.  @var{iterations} gives the\n\
4378exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known.  @var{iterations_max} gives\n\
4379the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known.  @var{loop_depth} is\n\
4380the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\
4381contain innermost loops, and so on.  @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\
4382loop is only entered from the top.\n\
4383\n\
4384This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available.  The default\n\
4385implementation returns true.  You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\
4386if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.",
4387 bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max,
4388	unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top),
4389 hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true)
4390
4391/* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block,
4392   otherwise it returns an error message.  */
4393DEFHOOK
4394(invalid_within_doloop,
4395 "\n\
4396Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\
4397low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\
4398could not be applied.\n\
4399\n\
4400Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\
4401instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\
4402the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\
4403By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\
4404loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.",
4405 const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn),
4406 default_invalid_within_doloop)
4407
4408/* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn.  */
4409DEFHOOK
4410(legitimate_combined_insn,
4411"Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\
4412 is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions.  The\
4413 default is to accept all instructions.",
4414 bool, (rtx_insn *insn),
4415 hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
4416
4417DEFHOOK
4418(valid_dllimport_attribute_p,
4419"@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\
4420 specified.  Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\
4421 checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.",
4422 bool, (const_tree decl),
4423 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
4424
4425/* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this
4426   value.  */
4427DEFHOOKPOD
4428(const_anchor,
4429 "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\
4430a constant.  If there is another constant already in a register that\n\
4431is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\
4432is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\
4433subtraction.  We accomplish this through CSE.  Besides the value of\n\
4434the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\
4435available expressions.  These are then queried when encountering new\n\
4436constants.  The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\
4437down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\
4438@code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\
4439accepted by immediate-add plus one.  We currently assume that the\n\
4440value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2.  For example, on\n\
4441MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\
4442@code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}.  The default value\n\
4443is zero, which disables this optimization.",
4444 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
4445
4446/* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port  */
4447DEFHOOK
4448(memmodel_check,
4449 "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\
4450memory model bits are allowed.",
4451 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL)
4452
4453/* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
4454   Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not
4455   supported by the target.  */
4456DEFHOOK
4457(asan_shadow_offset,
4458 "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\
4459Address Sanitizer shadow memory address.  NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\
4460supported by the target.",
4461 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
4462 NULL)
4463
4464/* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc.  */
4465/* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix.  */
4466HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls)
4467
4468DEFHOOK
4469(promote_function_mode,
4470 "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\
4471function return values.  The target hook should return the new mode\n\
4472and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\
4473change signedness.  This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\
4474pointer} types.\n\
4475\n\
4476@var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\
4477return values.  If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\
4478@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\
4479If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\
4480which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\
4481then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\
4482the signedness may be different.\n\
4483\n\
4484@var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\
4485\n\
4486The default is to not promote arguments and return values.  You can\n\
4487also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\
4488if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.",
4489 machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp,
4490		     const_tree funtype, int for_return),
4491 default_promote_function_mode)
4492
4493DEFHOOK
4494(promote_prototypes,
4495 "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\
4496prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\
4497passed as an @code{int}.  In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\
4498cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\
4499The default is to not promote prototypes.",
4500 bool, (const_tree fntype),
4501 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4502
4503DEFHOOK
4504(struct_value_rtx,
4505 "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\
4506address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\
4507passed as an ``invisible'' first argument.  Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\
4508be @code{NULL}, for libcalls.  You do not need to define this target\n\
4509hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\
4510argument.\n\
4511\n\
4512On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\
4513is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\
4514caller put it.  This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\
4515be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\
4516@var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\
4517the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\
4518the caller.\n\
4519\n\
4520If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\
4521stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\
4522@var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\
4523structure value address at the beginning of a function.  If you need\n\
4524to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.",
4525 rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming),
4526 hook_rtx_tree_int_null)
4527
4528DEFHOOKPOD
4529(omit_struct_return_reg,
4530 "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\
4531is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\
4532arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\
4533pointer return value.  Define this to true if that behavior is\n\
4534undesirable on your target.",
4535 bool, false)
4536
4537DEFHOOK
4538(return_in_memory,
4539 "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\
4540function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\
4541Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\
4542will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\
4543libcalls.\n\
4544\n\
4545Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\
4546by this function.  Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\
4547takes effect regardless of this macro.  On most systems, it is\n\
4548possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\
4549definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\
4550values, and 0 otherwise.\n\
4551\n\
4552Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\
4553be returned in memory.  You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\
4554to indicate this.",
4555 bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype),
4556 default_return_in_memory)
4557
4558DEFHOOK
4559(return_in_msb,
4560 "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\
4561at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\
4562padded at the least significant end).  You can assume that @var{type}\n\
4563is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\
4564\n\
4565Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\
4566be able to hold the complete return value.  For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\
4567or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\
45684-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\
4569@code{SImode} rtx.",
4570 bool, (const_tree type),
4571 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4572
4573/* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference.  TYPE may
4574   be null if this is a libcall.  CA may be null if this query is
4575   from __builtin_va_arg.  */
4576DEFHOOK
4577(pass_by_reference,
4578 "This target hook should return @code{true} if argument @var{arg} at the\n\
4579position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference.  This\n\
4580predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\
4581passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (@var{arg}.type)}.\n\
4582\n\
4583If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\
4584pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\
4585The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\
4586to that type.",
4587 bool,
4588 (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4589 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_false)
4590
4591DEFHOOK
4592(expand_builtin_saveregs,
4593 "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\
4594@code{__builtin_saveregs}.  This code will be moved to the very\n\
4595beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made.  The\n\
4596return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\
4597to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.",
4598 rtx, (void),
4599 default_expand_builtin_saveregs)
4600
4601/* Returns pretend_argument_size.  */
4602DEFHOOK
4603(setup_incoming_varargs,
4604 "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\
4605@code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\
4606@code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}.  Use it to store the anonymous\n\
4607register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\
4608have been passed consecutively on the stack.  Once this is done, you can\n\
4609use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\
4610pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\
4611\n\
4612The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\
4613structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\
4614named arguments.  The argument @var{arg} describes the last of these named\n\
4615arguments.\n\
4616\n\
4617The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\
4618argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\
4619store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\
4620variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}.  The value that you\n\
4621store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\
4622frame.\n\
4623\n\
4624Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\
4625compile time without knowing their data types,\n\
4626@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\
4627have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\
4628for all data types.\n\
4629\n\
4630If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\
4631arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time.  This\n\
4632happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\
4633end of the source file.  The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\
4634not generate any instructions in this case.",
4635 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, const function_arg_info &arg,
4636	int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4637 default_setup_incoming_varargs)
4638
4639DEFHOOK
4640(load_bounds_for_arg,
4641 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds of\n\
4642@var{arg} passed in @var{slot}.  Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4643bounds of @var{arg} are not passed in register.  If @var{slot} is a\n\
4644memory, then bounds are loaded as for regular pointer loaded from\n\
4645memory.  If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4646constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4647should be used to obtain bounds.  Hook returns RTX holding loaded bounds.",
4648 rtx, (rtx slot, rtx arg, rtx slot_no),
4649 default_load_bounds_for_arg)
4650
4651DEFHOOK
4652(store_bounds_for_arg,
4653 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insns to store @var{bounds} of\n\
4654@var{arg} passed in @var{slot}.  Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4655@var{bounds} of @var{arg} are not passed in register.  If @var{slot} is a\n\
4656memory, then @var{bounds} are stored as for regular pointer stored in\n\
4657memory.  If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4658constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4659should be used to store @var{bounds}.",
4660 void, (rtx arg, rtx slot, rtx bounds, rtx slot_no),
4661 default_store_bounds_for_arg)
4662
4663DEFHOOK
4664(load_returned_bounds,
4665 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds\n\
4666returned by function call in @var{slot}.  Hook returns RTX holding\n\
4667loaded bounds.",
4668 rtx, (rtx slot),
4669 default_load_returned_bounds)
4670
4671DEFHOOK
4672(store_returned_bounds,
4673 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to store @var{bounds}\n\
4674returned by function call into @var{slot}.",
4675 void, (rtx slot, rtx bounds),
4676 default_store_returned_bounds)
4677
4678DEFHOOK
4679(call_args,
4680 "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\
4681for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\
4682@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location.  It is called just\n\
4683before the point where argument registers are stored.  The type of the\n\
4684function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\
4685@code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls.  The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\
4686invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\
4687This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\
4688registers if a target needs it.\n\
4689For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\
4690passed instead of an argument register.\n\
4691Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4692 void, (rtx, tree),
4693 hook_void_rtx_tree)
4694
4695DEFHOOK
4696(end_call_args,
4697 "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\
4698just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo.  It\n\
4699signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\
4700emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\
4701Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4702 void, (void),
4703 hook_void_void)
4704
4705DEFHOOK
4706(strict_argument_naming,
4707 "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\
4708argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\
4709\n\
4710This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4711is set for varargs and stdarg functions.  If this hook returns\n\
4712@code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\
4713arguments, and false for unnamed arguments.  If it returns @code{false},\n\
4714but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\
4715then all arguments are treated as named.  Otherwise, all named arguments\n\
4716except the last are treated as named.\n\
4717\n\
4718You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.",
4719 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4720 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false)
4721
4722/* Returns true if we should use
4723   targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or
4724   targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming().  */
4725DEFHOOK
4726(pretend_outgoing_varargs_named,
4727 "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\
4728@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\
4729@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\
4730defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\
4731@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\
4732Otherwise, you should not define this hook.",
4733 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4734 default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named)
4735
4736/* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T
4737   should be passed as two scalars.  */
4738DEFHOOK
4739(split_complex_arg,
4740 "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\
4741as two scalar parameters.  By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\
4742arguments into the target's word size.  Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\
4743to be split and treated as their individual components.  For example, on\n\
4744AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\
4745registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\
4746point register.\n\
4747\n\
4748The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\
4749false.",
4750 bool, (const_tree type), NULL)
4751
4752/* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers,
4753   but must be passed on the stack.  */
4754/* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference.
4755   Need audit to verify that this is the case.  */
4756DEFHOOK
4757(must_pass_in_stack,
4758 "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{arg}\n\
4759solely in registers.  The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\
4760definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\
4761documentation.",
4762 bool, (const function_arg_info &arg),
4763 must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad)
4764
4765/* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference,
4766   should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than
4767   the caller.  It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors.  */
4768DEFHOOK
4769(callee_copies,
4770 "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\
4771known to be passed by reference.  The hook should return true if the\n\
4772function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\
4773by the caller.\n\
4774\n\
4775For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\
4776determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\
4777not be generated.\n\
4778\n\
4779The default version of this hook always returns false.",
4780 bool,
4781 (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4782 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_false)
4783
4784/* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely
4785   in registers.  If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed
4786   in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack.  */
4787DEFHOOK
4788(arg_partial_bytes,
4789 "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\
4790argument that must be put in registers.  The value must be zero for\n\
4791arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\
4792pushed on the stack.\n\
4793\n\
4794On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\
4795registers and partially in memory.  On these machines, typically the\n\
4796first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\
4797on the stack.  If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\
4798structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\
4799in registers and the rest must be pushed.  This macro tells the\n\
4800compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\
4801\n\
4802@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\
4803register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\
4804@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.",
4805 int, (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4806 hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_0)
4807
4808/* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the
4809   argument list.  The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4810   argument.  */
4811DEFHOOK
4812(function_arg_advance,
4813 "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\
4814advance past argument @var{arg} in the argument list.  Once this is done,\n\
4815the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\
4816argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\
4817\n\
4818This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\
4819on the stack.  The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\
4820used for arguments without any special help.",
4821 void,
4822 (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
4823 default_function_arg_advance)
4824
4825DEFHOOK
4826(function_arg_offset,
4827 "This hook returns the number of bytes to add to the offset of an\n\
4828argument of type @var{type} and mode @var{mode} when passed in memory.\n\
4829This is needed for the SPU, which passes @code{char} and @code{short}\n\
4830arguments in the preferred slot that is in the middle of the quad word\n\
4831instead of starting at the top.  The default implementation returns 0.",
4832 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4833 default_function_arg_offset)
4834
4835DEFHOOK
4836(function_arg_padding,
4837 "This hook determines whether, and in which direction, to pad out\n\
4838an argument of mode @var{mode} and type @var{type}.  It returns\n\
4839@code{PAD_UPWARD} to insert padding above the argument, @code{PAD_DOWNWARD}\n\
4840to insert padding below the argument, or @code{PAD_NONE} to inhibit padding.\n\
4841\n\
4842The @emph{amount} of padding is not controlled by this hook, but by\n\
4843@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY}.  It is always just enough\n\
4844to reach the next multiple of that boundary.\n\
4845\n\
4846This hook has a default definition that is right for most systems.\n\
4847For little-endian machines, the default is to pad upward.  For\n\
4848big-endian machines, the default is to pad downward for an argument of\n\
4849constant size shorter than an @code{int}, and upward otherwise.",
4850 pad_direction, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4851 default_function_arg_padding)
4852
4853/* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should
4854   be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the
4855   argument.  The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4856   argument.  */
4857DEFHOOK
4858(function_arg,
4859 "Return an RTX indicating whether function argument @var{arg} is passed\n\
4860in a register and if so, which register.  Argument @var{ca} summarizes all\n\
4861the previous arguments.\n\
4862\n\
4863The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4864register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\
4865on the stack.\n\
4866\n\
4867The return value can be a @code{const_int} which means argument is\n\
4868passed in a target specific slot with specified number.  Target hooks\n\
4869should be used to store or load argument in such case.  See\n\
4870@code{TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG} and @code{TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG}\n\
4871for more information.\n\
4872\n\
4873The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@.  This is\n\
4874used when an argument is passed in multiple locations.  The mode of the\n\
4875@code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument.  The\n\
4876@code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\
4877describes where part of the argument is passed.  In each\n\
4878@code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4879register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\
4880register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is.  The\n\
4881second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\
4882the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\
4883As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\
4884RTX may have a first operand of zero.  This indicates that the entire\n\
4885argument is also stored on the stack.\n\
4886\n\
4887The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\
4888VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\
4889pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\
4890\n\
4891@cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\
4892The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\
4893machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\
4894cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead.  This is\n\
4895done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\
4896@var{named} is @code{false}.\n\
4897\n\
4898@cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4899@cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4900You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\
4901in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\
4902type that must be passed in the stack.  If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\
4903is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\
4904argument, the compiler will abort.  If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\
4905defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\
4906a register.",
4907 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
4908 default_function_arg)
4909
4910DEFHOOK
4911(function_incoming_arg,
4912 "Define this hook if the caller and callee on the target have different\n\
4913views of where arguments are passed.  Also define this hook if there are\n\
4914functions that are never directly called, but are invoked by the hardware\n\
4915and which have nonstandard calling conventions.\n\
4916\n\
4917In this case @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\
4918which the caller passes the value, and\n\
4919@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\
4920fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\
4921arrive.\n\
4922\n\
4923@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} can also return arbitrary address\n\
4924computation using hard register, which can be forced into a register,\n\
4925so that it can be used to pass special arguments.\n\
4926\n\
4927If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\
4928@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.",
4929 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
4930 default_function_incoming_arg)
4931
4932DEFHOOK
4933(function_arg_boundary,
4934 "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\
4935with the specified mode and type.  The default hook returns\n\
4936@code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.",
4937 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4938 default_function_arg_boundary)
4939
4940DEFHOOK
4941(function_arg_round_boundary,
4942 "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\
4943which is the default value for this hook.  You can define this hook to\n\
4944return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\
4945value.",
4946 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4947 default_function_arg_round_boundary)
4948
4949/* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype
4950   is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */
4951DEFHOOK
4952(invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn,
4953 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4954illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\
4955with prototype @var{typelist}.",
4956 const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val),
4957 hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn)
4958
4959/* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function
4960   specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE.  */
4961DEFHOOK
4962(function_value,
4963 "\n\
4964Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4965returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\
4966representing a data type.  @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\
4967representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\
4968function being called.  If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\
4969compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\
4970Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\
4971a function returns a value.\n\
4972\n\
4973On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\
4974(Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\
4975place regardless of mode.)  The value of the expression is usually a\n\
4976@code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\
4977The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\
4978multiple places.  See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\
4979@code{parallel} form.   Note that the callee will populate every\n\
4980location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\
4981the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\
4982that element as the canonical location and ignore the others.  The m68k\n\
4983port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\
4984@samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\
4985\n\
4986If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\
4987the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\
4988@var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\
4989\n\
4990If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\
4991node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\
4992pointer.  This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\
4993convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\
4994known.\n\
4995\n\
4996Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\
4997which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\
4998the caller sees the value.  For such machines, you should return\n\
4999different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\
5000\n\
5001@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\
5002aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way.  See\n\
5003@code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.",
5004 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
5005 default_function_value)
5006
5007/* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE,
5008   calling the function FN_NAME.  */
5009DEFHOOK
5010(libcall_value,
5011 "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\
5012function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\
5013\n\
5014The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\
5015library function is given by @var{fun}.  The hook should return an RTX\n\
5016representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\
5017\n\
5018If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.",
5019 rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun),
5020 default_libcall_value)
5021
5022/* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for
5023   a function value as seen by the caller.  */
5024DEFHOOK
5025(function_value_regno_p,
5026 "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\
5027register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\
5028\n\
5029A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\
5030second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\
5031recognized by this target hook.\n\
5032\n\
5033If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\
5034function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\
5035should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\
5036\n\
5037If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.",
5038 bool, (const unsigned int regno),
5039 default_function_value_regno_p)
5040
5041DEFHOOK
5042(fntype_abi,
5043 "Return the ABI used by a function with type @var{type}; see the\n\
5044definition of @code{predefined_function_abi} for details of the ABI\n\
5045descriptor.  Targets only need to define this hook if they support\n\
5046interoperability between several ABIs in the same translation unit.",
5047 const predefined_function_abi &, (const_tree type),
5048 NULL)
5049
5050DEFHOOK
5051(insn_callee_abi,
5052 "This hook returns a description of the ABI used by the target of\n\
5053call instruction @var{insn}; see the definition of\n\
5054@code{predefined_function_abi} for details of the ABI descriptor.\n\
5055Only the global function @code{insn_callee_abi} should call this hook\n\
5056directly.\n\
5057\n\
5058Targets only need to define this hook if they support\n\
5059interoperability between several ABIs in the same translation unit.",
5060 const predefined_function_abi &, (const rtx_insn *insn),
5061 NULL)
5062
5063/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant.  */
5064DEFHOOK_UNDOC
5065(internal_arg_pointer,
5066"Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\
5067 current function.",
5068 rtx, (void),
5069 default_internal_arg_pointer)
5070
5071/* Update the current function stack boundary if needed.  */
5072DEFHOOK
5073(update_stack_boundary,
5074 "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\
5075necessary.",
5076 void, (void), NULL)
5077
5078/* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign
5079   Argument Pointer if necessary.  */
5080DEFHOOK
5081(get_drap_rtx,
5082 "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\
5083different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\
5084argument list due to stack realignment.  Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\
5085is needed.",
5086 rtx, (void), NULL)
5087
5088/* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the
5089   stack.  */
5090DEFHOOK
5091(allocate_stack_slots_for_args,
5092 "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\
5093arguments should be allocated to stack slots.  Normally, GCC allocates\n\
5094stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\
5095debugging easier.  However, when a function is declared with\n\
5096@code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\
5097cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\
5098to the stack.  Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\
5099false for naked functions.  The default implementation always returns true.",
5100 bool, (void),
5101 hook_bool_void_true)
5102
5103/* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE.  If INCOMING_P
5104   is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller.  */
5105DEFHOOK
5106(static_chain,
5107 "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\
5108targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\
5109nested functions.  This may be required if the target has function\n\
5110attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\
5111those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\
5112\n\
5113The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\
5114\n\
5115If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\
5116provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\
5117Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\
5118from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\
5119will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\
5120@findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\
5121@findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\
5122@findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\
5123The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\
5124@code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\
5125to refer to those items.",
5126 rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p),
5127 default_static_chain)
5128
5129/* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a
5130   static chain value of CHAIN.  */
5131DEFHOOK
5132(trampoline_init,
5133 "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\
5134@var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\
5135is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\
5136RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\
5137when it is called.\n\
5138\n\
5139If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\
5140first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\
5141from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\
5142Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\
5143trampoline.  If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\
5144to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\
5145\n\
5146If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches or\n\
5147enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\
5148initializing the trampoline proper.",
5149 void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain),
5150 default_trampoline_init)
5151
5152/* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way.  */
5153DEFHOOK
5154(trampoline_adjust_address,
5155 "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\
5156the address of the trampoline.  Its argument contains the address of the\n\
5157memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}.  In case\n\
5158the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\
5159address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\
5160be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\
5161If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.",
5162 rtx, (rtx addr), NULL)
5163
5164DEFHOOKPOD
5165(custom_function_descriptors,
5166 "If the target can use GCC's generic descriptor mechanism for nested\n\
5167functions, define this hook to a power of 2 representing an unused bit\n\
5168in function pointers which can be used to differentiate descriptors at\n\
5169run time.  This value gives the number of bytes by which descriptor\n\
5170pointers are misaligned compared to function pointers.  For example, on\n\
5171targets that require functions to be aligned to a 4-byte boundary, a\n\
5172value of either 1 or 2 is appropriate unless the architecture already\n\
5173reserves the bit for another purpose, such as on ARM.\n\
5174\n\
5175Define this hook to 0 if the target implements ABI support for\n\
5176function descriptors in its standard calling sequence, like for example\n\
5177HPPA or IA-64.\n\
5178\n\
5179Using descriptors for nested functions\n\
5180eliminates the need for trampolines that reside on the stack and require\n\
5181it to be made executable.",\
5182 int, -1)
5183
5184/* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function
5185   pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the
5186   caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.  */
5187/* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters.  */
5188DEFHOOK
5189(return_pops_args,
5190 "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\
5191a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\
5192and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\
5193\n\
5194@var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\
5195the function in question.  Normally it is a node of type\n\
5196@code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\
5197From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\
5198\n\
5199@var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\
5200describes the function in question.  Normally it is a node of type\n\
5201@code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\
5202From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\
5203arguments (if known).\n\
5204\n\
5205When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\
5206will contain an identifier node for the library function.  Thus, if\n\
5207you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\
5208by their names.  Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\
5209a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\
5210in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\
5211\n\
5212@var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\
5213stack.  If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\
5214argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\
5215\n\
5216On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\
5217of this macro is @var{size}.  On the 68000, using the standard\n\
5218calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\
5219the macro is always 0 in this case.  But an alternative calling\n\
5220convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\
5221arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\
5222nothing (the caller pops all).  When this convention is in use,\n\
5223@var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\
5224number of arguments.",
5225 poly_int64, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, poly_int64 size),
5226 default_return_pops_args)
5227
5228/* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be
5229   returned.  */
5230DEFHOOK
5231(get_raw_result_mode,
5232 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\
5233 registers in @code{__builtin_return}.  Define this macro if the value\
5234 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5235 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5236 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5237
5238/* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be
5239   passed.  */
5240DEFHOOK
5241(get_raw_arg_mode,
5242 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\
5243 registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}.  Define this macro if the value\
5244 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5245 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5246 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5247
5248/* Return true if a type is an empty record.  */
5249DEFHOOK
5250(empty_record_p,
5251 "This target hook returns true if the type is an empty record.  The default\n\
5252is to return @code{false}.",
5253 bool, (const_tree type),
5254 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
5255
5256/* Warn about the change in empty class parameter passing ABI.  */
5257DEFHOOK
5258(warn_parameter_passing_abi,
5259 "This target hook warns about the change in empty class parameter passing\n\
5260ABI.",
5261 void, (cumulative_args_t ca, tree type),
5262 hook_void_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_tree)
5263
5264HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls)
5265
5266DEFHOOK
5267(use_pseudo_pic_reg,
5268 "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\
5269for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.",
5270 bool, (void),
5271 hook_bool_void_false)
5272
5273DEFHOOK
5274(init_pic_reg,
5275 "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\
5276This hook is called at the start of register allocation.",
5277 void, (void),
5278 hook_void_void)
5279
5280/* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE
5281   to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise.  */
5282DEFHOOK
5283(invalid_conversion,
5284 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5285invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5286if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5287 const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype),
5288 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5289
5290/* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is
5291   not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise.  */
5292DEFHOOK
5293(invalid_unary_op,
5294 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5295invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\
5296@code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5297if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5298 const char *, (int op, const_tree type),
5299 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null)
5300
5301/* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP
5302   is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise.  */
5303DEFHOOK
5304(invalid_binary_op,
5305 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5306invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\
5307and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
5308the front end.",
5309 const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
5310 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5311
5312/* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in
5313   expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type,
5314   or NULL_TREE otherwise.  */
5315DEFHOOK
5316(promoted_type,
5317 "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\
5318@var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\
5319analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\
5320front end's normal promotion rules.  This hook is useful when there are\n\
5321target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\
5322This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5323 tree, (const_tree type),
5324 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5325
5326/* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion
5327   rules are involved.  Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply
5328   the standard conversion rules.  */
5329DEFHOOK
5330(convert_to_type,
5331 "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\
5332@var{type}.  It should return the converted expression,\n\
5333or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\
5334This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\
5335conversion rules.\n\
5336This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5337 tree, (tree type, tree expr),
5338 hook_tree_tree_tree_null)
5339
5340DEFHOOK
5341(verify_type_context,
5342 "If defined, this hook returns false if there is a target-specific reason\n\
5343why type @var{type} cannot be used in the source language context described\n\
5344by @var{context}.  When @var{silent_p} is false, the hook also reports an\n\
5345error against @var{loc} for invalid uses of @var{type}.\n\
5346\n\
5347Calls to this hook should be made through the global function\n\
5348@code{verify_type_context}, which makes the @var{silent_p} parameter\n\
5349default to false and also handles @code{error_mark_node}.\n\
5350\n\
5351The default implementation always returns true.",
5352 bool, (location_t loc, type_context_kind context, const_tree type,
5353	bool silent_p),
5354 NULL)
5355
5356DEFHOOK
5357(can_change_mode_class,
5358 "This hook returns true if it is possible to bitcast values held in\n\
5359registers of class @var{rclass} from mode @var{from} to mode @var{to}\n\
5360and if doing so preserves the low-order bits that are common to both modes.\n\
5361The result is only meaningful if @var{rclass} has registers that can hold\n\
5362both @code{from} and @code{to}.  The default implementation returns true.\n\
5363\n\
5364As an example of when such bitcasting is invalid, loading 32-bit integer or\n\
5365floating-point objects into floating-point registers on Alpha extends them\n\
5366to 64 bits.  Therefore loading a 64-bit object and then storing it as a\n\
536732-bit object does not store the low-order 32 bits, as would be the case\n\
5368for a normal register.  Therefore, @file{alpha.h} defines\n\
5369@code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} to return:\n\
5370\n\
5371@smallexample\n\
5372(GET_MODE_SIZE (from) == GET_MODE_SIZE (to)\n\
5373 || !reg_classes_intersect_p (FLOAT_REGS, rclass))\n\
5374@end smallexample\n\
5375\n\
5376Even if storing from a register in mode @var{to} would be valid,\n\
5377if both @var{from} and @code{raw_reg_mode} for @var{rclass} are wider\n\
5378than @code{word_mode}, then we must prevent @var{to} narrowing the\n\
5379mode.  This happens when the middle-end assumes that it can load\n\
5380or store pieces of an @var{N}-word pseudo, and that the pseudo will\n\
5381eventually be allocated to @var{N} @code{word_mode} hard registers.\n\
5382Failure to prevent this kind of mode change will result in the\n\
5383entire @code{raw_reg_mode} being modified instead of the partial\n\
5384value that the middle-end intended.",
5385 bool, (machine_mode from, machine_mode to, reg_class_t rclass),
5386 hook_bool_mode_mode_reg_class_t_true)
5387
5388/* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA.  */
5389DEFHOOK
5390(ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class,
5391 "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from\n\
5392  allocno and best class calculated by IRA.\n\
5393  \n\
5394  The default version of this target hook always returns given class.",
5395 reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t, reg_class_t),
5396 default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class)
5397
5398/* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload.  */
5399DEFHOOK
5400(lra_p,
5401 "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\
5402  \
5403  The default version of this target hook returns true.  New ports\
5404  should use LRA, and existing ports are encouraged to convert.",
5405 bool, (void),
5406 default_lra_p)
5407
5408/* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target.  */
5409DEFHOOK
5410(register_priority,
5411 "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\
5412  register @var{hard_regno} belongs to.  The bigger the number, the\
5413  more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\
5414  the same).  This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\
5415  others in LRA.  For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\
5416  additional prefix which makes instructions longer.  The hook can\
5417  return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\
5418  and as result making the generated code smaller.\
5419  \
5420  The default version of this target hook returns always zero.",
5421 int, (int),
5422 default_register_priority)
5423
5424/* Return true if we need register usage leveling.  */
5425DEFHOOK
5426(register_usage_leveling_p,
5427 "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\
5428  That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\
5429  assignment, we choose the least used hard register.  The register\
5430  usage leveling may be profitable for some targets.  Don't use the\
5431  usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\
5432  with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\
5433  optimizations.\
5434  \
5435  The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5436 bool, (void),
5437 default_register_usage_leveling_p)
5438
5439/* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different.  */
5440DEFHOOK
5441(different_addr_displacement_p,
5442 "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\
5443  can have different maximal legitimate displacement.  For example, the\
5444  displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\
5445  the insn.\
5446  \
5447  The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5448 bool, (void),
5449 default_different_addr_displacement_p)
5450
5451/* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers
5452   instead of memory.  */
5453DEFHOOK
5454(spill_class,
5455 "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\
5456  pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\
5457  should be used.  Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\
5458  @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.",
5459 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode),
5460 NULL)
5461
5462/* Determine an additional allocno class.  */
5463DEFHOOK
5464(additional_allocno_class_p,
5465 "This hook should return @code{true} if given class of registers should\
5466  be an allocno class in any way.  Usually RA uses only one register\
5467  class from all classes containing the same register set.  In some\
5468  complicated cases, you need to have two or more such classes as\
5469  allocno ones for RA correct work.  Not defining this hook is\
5470  equivalent to returning @code{false} for all inputs.",
5471 bool, (reg_class_t),
5472 hook_bool_reg_class_t_false)
5473
5474DEFHOOK
5475(cstore_mode,
5476 "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\
5477  conditional store patterns.  The ICODE argument is the instruction code\
5478  for the cstore being performed.  Not definiting this hook is the same\
5479  as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\
5480  patterns.",
5481  scalar_int_mode, (enum insn_code icode),
5482  default_cstore_mode)
5483
5484/* This target hook allows the backend to compute the register pressure
5485   classes to use.  */
5486DEFHOOK
5487(compute_pressure_classes,
5488 "A target hook which lets a backend compute the set of pressure classes to\
5489  be used by those optimization passes which take register pressure into\
5490  account, as opposed to letting IRA compute them.  It returns the number of\
5491  register classes stored in the array @var{pressure_classes}.",
5492 int, (enum reg_class *pressure_classes), NULL)
5493
5494/* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should
5495   be accessed using BLKmode.  */
5496DEFHOOK
5497(member_type_forces_blk,
5498 "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\
5499be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\
5500\n\
5501If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\
5502mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode.  @var{mode} is provided in the\n\
5503case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\
5504retain the field's mode.\n\
5505\n\
5506Normally, this is not needed.",
5507 bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode),
5508 default_member_type_forces_blk)
5509
5510/* See tree-ssa-math-opts.c:divmod_candidate_p for conditions
5511   that gate the divod transform.  */
5512DEFHOOK
5513(expand_divmod_libfunc,
5514 "Define this hook for enabling divmod transform if the port does not have\n\
5515hardware divmod insn but defines target-specific divmod libfuncs.",
5516 void, (rtx libfunc, machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx *quot, rtx *rem),
5517 NULL)
5518
5519/* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information.  */
5520DEFHOOK
5521(secondary_reload,
5522 "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\
5523from memory or even from other types of registers.  An example is the\n\
5524@samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\
5525from general registers, but not memory.  Below, we shall be using the\n\
5526term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\
5527directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\
5528register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\
5529destination.  An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\
5530source and destination.  Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\
5531reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\
5532and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\
5533intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\
5534\n\
5535Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\
5536allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\
5537register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\
5538address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\
5539when compiling PIC)@.  Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\
5540as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\
5541that being copied.  Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\
5542describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\
5543these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\
5544of the scratch register(s).\n\
5545\n\
5546In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\
5547\n\
5548For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\
5549and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\
5550@var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}.  For output reloads, this target\n\
5551hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\
5552needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\
5553\n\
5554If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\
5555an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\
5556return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\
5557If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\
5558If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\
5559that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\
5560\n\
5561If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\
5562perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\
5563closest intermediate register.  Or if no intermediate register is\n\
5564required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\
5565copy  from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\
5566\n\
5567You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\
5568in the md file which performs the move.  Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\
5569and input of this copy, respectively.  Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\
5570for scratch operands.  These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\
5571single-register-class\n\
5572@c [later: or memory]\n\
5573output constraint.\n\
5574\n\
5575When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\
5576hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\
5577register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\
5578have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\
5579\n\
5580@c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\
5581@c   the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\
5582@c   and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\
5583@c   alternative.  A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\
5584@c   against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\
5585@c   constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\
5586@c   arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\
5587@c   Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\
5588\n\
5589\n\
5590@var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\
5591pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\
5592Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\
5593in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\
5594\n\
5595Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\
5596currently not supported.  For the time being, you will have to continue\n\
5597to use @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\
5598\n\
5599@code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\
5600copied.  If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\
5601(a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\
5602Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\
5603of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\
5604forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.",
5605 reg_class_t,
5606 (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode,
5607  secondary_reload_info *sri),
5608 default_secondary_reload)
5609
5610DEFHOOK
5611(secondary_memory_needed,
5612 "Certain machines have the property that some registers cannot be copied\n\
5613to some other registers without using memory.  Define this hook on\n\
5614those machines to return true if objects of mode @var{m} in registers\n\
5615of @var{class1} can only be copied to registers of class @var{class2} by\n\
5616 storing a register of @var{class1} into memory and loading that memory\n\
5617location into a register of @var{class2}.  The default definition returns\n\
5618false for all inputs.",
5619 bool, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t class1, reg_class_t class2),
5620 hook_bool_mode_reg_class_t_reg_class_t_false)
5621
5622DEFHOOK
5623(secondary_memory_needed_mode,
5624 "If @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} tells the compiler to use memory\n\
5625when moving between two particular registers of mode @var{mode},\n\
5626this hook specifies the mode that the memory should have.\n\
5627\n\
5628The default depends on @code{TARGET_LRA_P}.  Without LRA, the default\n\
5629is to use a word-sized mode for integral modes that are smaller than a\n\
5630a word.  This is right thing to do on most machines because it ensures\n\
5631that all bits of the register are copied and prevents accesses to the\n\
5632registers in a narrower mode, which some machines prohibit for\n\
5633floating-point registers.\n\
5634\n\
5635However, this default behavior is not correct on some machines, such as\n\
5636the DEC Alpha, that store short integers in floating-point registers\n\
5637differently than in integer registers.  On those machines, the default\n\
5638widening will not work correctly and you must define this hook to\n\
5639suppress that widening in some cases.  See the file @file{alpha.c} for\n\
5640details.\n\
5641\n\
5642With LRA, the default is to use @var{mode} unmodified.",
5643 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
5644 default_secondary_memory_needed_mode)
5645
5646/* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS,
5647   return the class of reg to actually use.  */
5648DEFHOOK
5649(preferred_reload_class,
5650 "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\
5651to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\
5652@var{rclass}.  The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\
5653another, smaller class.\n\
5654\n\
5655The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\
5656\n\
5657Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code.  For\n\
5658example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\
5659for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\
5660@code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\
5661Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\
5662\n\
5663One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\
5664@var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\
5665loaded into some register class.  By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\
5666force @var{x} into a memory location.  For example, rs6000 can load\n\
5667immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\
5668instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\
5669register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\
5670@var{x} is a floating-point constant.  If the constant can't be loaded\n\
5671into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\
5672@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\
5673of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\
5674\n\
5675If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\
5676through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\
5677to find the best one.  Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\
5678reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\
5679this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\
5680the SSE registers (and vice versa).",
5681 reg_class_t,
5682 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5683 default_preferred_reload_class)
5684
5685/* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of
5686   input reloads.  */
5687DEFHOOK
5688(preferred_output_reload_class,
5689 "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\
5690input reloads.\n\
5691\n\
5692The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\
5693argument.\n\
5694\n\
5695You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\
5696reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.",
5697 reg_class_t,
5698 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5699 default_preferred_output_reload_class)
5700
5701DEFHOOK
5702(select_early_remat_modes,
5703 "On some targets, certain modes cannot be held in registers around a\n\
5704standard ABI call and are relatively expensive to spill to the stack.\n\
5705The early rematerialization pass can help in such cases by aggressively\n\
5706recomputing values after calls, so that they don't need to be spilled.\n\
5707\n\
5708This hook returns the set of such modes by setting the associated bits\n\
5709in @var{modes}.  The default implementation selects no modes, which has\n\
5710the effect of disabling the early rematerialization pass.",
5711 void, (sbitmap modes),
5712 default_select_early_remat_modes)
5713
5714DEFHOOK
5715(class_likely_spilled_p,
5716 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\
5717to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\
5718registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\
5719\n\
5720The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\
5721has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise.  On most machines, this\n\
5722default should be used.  For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\
5723i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\
5724can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\
5725\n\
5726This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\
5727transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\
5728pressure.",
5729 bool, (reg_class_t rclass),
5730 default_class_likely_spilled_p)
5731
5732/* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
5733   needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS.  */
5734DEFHOOK
5735(class_max_nregs,
5736 "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\
5737of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\
5738\n\
5739This is closely related to the macro @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}.\n\
5740In fact, the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\
5741@var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\
5742@code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\
5743values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\
5744\n\
5745This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\
5746in the reload pass.\n\
5747\n\
5748The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\
5749in words.",
5750 unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode),
5751 default_class_max_nregs)
5752
5753DEFHOOK
5754(preferred_rename_class,
5755 "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\
5756 class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\
5757 @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\
5758 preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\
5759 is not implemented.\
5760 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code.  For\
5761 example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\
5762 smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}.  By returning\
5763 @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\
5764 be reduced.",
5765 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass),
5766 default_preferred_rename_class)
5767
5768/* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution
5769   during register allocation.  */
5770DEFHOOK
5771(cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p,
5772 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't\n\
5773substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\
5774register allocation.\n\
5775The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5776On most machines, this default should be used.  For generally\n\
5777machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\
5778as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.",
5779 bool, (rtx subst),
5780 hook_bool_rtx_false)
5781
5782/* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus
5783   displacement addressing.  */
5784DEFHOOK
5785(legitimize_address_displacement,
5786 "This hook tries to split address offset @var{orig_offset} into\n\
5787two parts: one that should be added to the base address to create\n\
5788a local anchor point, and an additional offset that can be applied\n\
5789to the anchor to address a value of mode @var{mode}.  The idea is that\n\
5790the local anchor could be shared by other accesses to nearby locations.\n\
5791\n\
5792The hook returns true if it succeeds, storing the offset of the\n\
5793anchor from the base in @var{offset1} and the offset of the final address\n\
5794from the anchor in @var{offset2}.  The default implementation returns false.",
5795 bool, (rtx *offset1, rtx *offset2, poly_int64 orig_offset, machine_mode mode),
5796 default_legitimize_address_displacement)
5797
5798/* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5799   processing while initializing for variable expansion.  */
5800DEFHOOK
5801(expand_to_rtl_hook,
5802 "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\
5803to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\
5804For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\
5805for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\
5806registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\
5807usage.",
5808 void, (void),
5809 hook_void_void)
5810
5811/* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5812   instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet,
5813   but will be later.  */
5814DEFHOOK
5815(instantiate_decls,
5816 "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\
5817that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.",
5818 void, (void),
5819 hook_void_void)
5820
5821DEFHOOK
5822(hard_regno_nregs,
5823 "This hook returns the number of consecutive hard registers, starting\n\
5824at register number @var{regno}, required to hold a value of mode\n\
5825@var{mode}.  This hook must never return zero, even if a register\n\
5826cannot hold the requested mode - indicate that with\n\
5827@code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} and/or\n\
5828@code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} instead.\n\
5829\n\
5830The default definition returns the number of words in @var{mode}.",
5831 unsigned int, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5832 default_hard_regno_nregs)
5833
5834DEFHOOK
5835(hard_regno_mode_ok,
5836 "This hook returns true if it is permissible to store a value\n\
5837of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} (or in several\n\
5838registers starting with that one).  The default definition returns true\n\
5839unconditionally.\n\
5840\n\
5841You need not include code to check for the numbers of fixed registers,\n\
5842because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always occupied.\n\
5843\n\
5844@cindex register pairs\n\
5845On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd\n\
5846register pairs.  You can implement that by defining this hook to reject\n\
5847odd register numbers for such modes.\n\
5848\n\
5849The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the\n\
5850@samp{mov@var{mode}} instruction pattern support moves between the\n\
5851register and other hard register in the same class and that moving a\n\
5852value into the register and back out not alter it.\n\
5853\n\
5854Since the same instruction used to move @code{word_mode} will work for\n\
5855all narrower integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for\n\
5856this hook to distinguish between these modes, provided you define\n\
5857patterns @samp{movhi}, etc., to take advantage of this.  This is\n\
5858useful because of the interaction between @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}\n\
5859and @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P}; it is very desirable for all integer\n\
5860modes to be tieable.\n\
5861\n\
5862Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic.\n\
5863Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only\n\
5864in floating point registers.  This is not true.  Any registers that\n\
5865can hold integers can safely @emph{hold} a floating point machine\n\
5866mode, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those\n\
5867registers.  Integer move instructions can be used to move the values.\n\
5868\n\
5869On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine\n\
5870modes may not go in floating registers.  This is true if the floating\n\
5871registers normalize any value stored in them, because storing a\n\
5872non-floating value there would garble it.  In this case,\n\
5873@code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} should reject fixed-point machine modes in\n\
5874floating registers.  But if the floating registers do not automatically\n\
5875normalize, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it\n\
5876unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may go in a floating\n\
5877register, so you can define this hook to say so.\n\
5878\n\
5879The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that\n\
5880they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic\n\
5881instructions.  However, this is of no concern to\n\
5882@code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}.  You handle it by writing the proper\n\
5883constraints for those instructions.\n\
5884\n\
5885On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access,\n\
5886so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a\n\
5887register if floating point arithmetic is not being done.  As long as the\n\
5888floating registers are not in class @code{GENERAL_REGS}, they will not\n\
5889be used unless some pattern's constraint asks for one.",
5890 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5891 hook_bool_uint_mode_true)
5892
5893DEFHOOK
5894(modes_tieable_p,
5895 "This hook returns true if a value of mode @var{mode1} is accessible\n\
5896in mode @var{mode2} without copying.\n\
5897\n\
5898If @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode1})} and\n\
5899@code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode2})} are always\n\
5900the same for any @var{r}, then\n\
5901@code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})}\n\
5902should be true.  If they differ for any @var{r}, you should define\n\
5903this hook to return false unless some other mechanism ensures the\n\
5904accessibility of the value in a narrower mode.\n\
5905\n\
5906You should define this hook to return true in as many cases as\n\
5907possible since doing so will allow GCC to perform better register\n\
5908allocation.  The default definition returns true unconditionally.",
5909 bool, (machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2),
5910 hook_bool_mode_mode_true)
5911
5912/* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register
5913   in peephole2.  */
5914DEFHOOK
5915(hard_regno_scratch_ok,
5916 "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\
5917@var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\
5918\n\
5919One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\
5920is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\
5921\n\
5922The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.",
5923 bool, (unsigned int regno),
5924 default_hard_regno_scratch_ok)
5925
5926DEFHOOK
5927(hard_regno_call_part_clobbered,
5928 "ABIs usually specify that calls must preserve the full contents\n\
5929of a particular register, or that calls can alter any part of a\n\
5930particular register.  This information is captured by the target macro\n\
5931@code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS}.  However, some ABIs specify that calls\n\
5932must preserve certain bits of a particular register but can alter others.\n\
5933This hook should return true if this applies to at least one of the\n\
5934registers in @samp{(reg:@var{mode} @var{regno})}, and if as a result the\n\
5935call would alter part of the @var{mode} value.  For example, if a call\n\
5936preserves the low 32 bits of a 64-bit hard register @var{regno} but can\n\
5937clobber the upper 32 bits, this hook should return true for a 64-bit mode\n\
5938but false for a 32-bit mode.\n\
5939\n\
5940The value of @var{abi_id} comes from the @code{predefined_function_abi}\n\
5941structure that describes the ABI of the call; see the definition of the\n\
5942structure for more details.  If (as is usual) the target uses the same ABI\n\
5943for all functions in a translation unit, @var{abi_id} is always 0.\n\
5944\n\
5945The default implementation returns false, which is correct\n\
5946for targets that don't have partly call-clobbered registers.",
5947 bool, (unsigned int abi_id, unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5948 hook_bool_uint_uint_mode_false)
5949
5950DEFHOOK
5951(get_multilib_abi_name,
5952 "This hook returns name of multilib ABI name.",
5953 const char *, (void),
5954 hook_constcharptr_void_null)
5955
5956/* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to
5957   use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.  */
5958DEFHOOK
5959(case_values_threshold,
5960 "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\
5961is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\
5962The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\
5963five otherwise.  This is best for most machines.",
5964 unsigned int, (void),
5965 default_case_values_threshold)
5966
5967DEFHOOK
5968(starting_frame_offset,
5969 "This hook returns the offset from the frame pointer to the first local\n\
5970variable slot to be allocated.  If @code{FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD}, it is the\n\
5971offset to @emph{end} of the first slot allocated, otherwise it is the\n\
5972offset to @emph{beginning} of the first slot allocated.  The default\n\
5973implementation returns 0.",
5974 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
5975 hook_hwi_void_0)
5976
5977/* Optional callback to advise the target to compute the frame layout.  */
5978DEFHOOK
5979(compute_frame_layout,
5980 "This target hook is called once each time the frame layout needs to be\n\
5981recalculated.  The calculations can be cached by the target and can then\n\
5982be used by @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET} instead of re-computing the\n\
5983layout on every invocation of that hook.  This is particularly useful\n\
5984for targets that have an expensive frame layout function.  Implementing\n\
5985this callback is optional.",
5986 void, (void),
5987 hook_void_void)
5988
5989/* Return true if a function must have and use a frame pointer.  */
5990DEFHOOK
5991(frame_pointer_required,
5992 "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\
5993a frame pointer.  This target hook is called in the reload pass.  If its return\n\
5994value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\
5995\n\
5996This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\
5997according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\
5998constant @code{true} suffices.  Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\
5999to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\
6000Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\
6001pointer.\n\
6002\n\
6003In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\
6004without a frame pointer.  The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\
6005automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\
6006@code{targetm.frame_pointer_required} returns.  You don't need to worry about\n\
6007them.\n\
6008\n\
6009In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\
6010register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\
6011fixed register.  See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\
6012\n\
6013Default return value is @code{false}.",
6014 bool, (void),
6015 hook_bool_void_false)
6016
6017/* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number
6018   from-reg with register number to-reg.  */
6019DEFHOOK
6020(can_eliminate,
6021 "This target hook should return @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\
6022try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\
6023@var{to_reg}.  This target hook will usually be @code{true}, since most of the\n\
6024cases preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\
6025knows about.\n\
6026\n\
6027Default return value is @code{true}.",
6028 bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg),
6029 hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true)
6030
6031/* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
6032   reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the
6033   target.  */
6034DEFHOOK
6035(conditional_register_usage,
6036 "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\
6037@code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\
6038@code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\
6039any dependence of these register sets on target flags.  The first three\n\
6040of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as boolean vectors).\n\
6041@code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\
6042@code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}.  Before the macro is\n\
6043called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\
6044@code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\
6045from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\
6046@code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\
6047@code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\
6048@option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\
6049command options have been applied.\n\
6050\n\
6051@cindex disabling certain registers\n\
6052@cindex controlling register usage\n\
6053If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\
6054flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\
6055@code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\
6056registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@.  Also make\n\
6057@code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\
6058that shouldn't be used.\n\
6059\n\
6060(However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\
6061of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\
6062controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\
6063these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)",
6064 void, (void),
6065 hook_void_void)
6066
6067DEFHOOK
6068(stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range,
6069 "Some targets have an ABI defined interval for which no probing needs to be done.\n\
6070When a probe does need to be done this same interval is used as the probe distance \
6071up when doing stack clash protection for alloca.\n\
6072On such targets this value can be set to override the default probing up interval.\n\
6073Define this variable to return nonzero if such a probe range is required or zero otherwise.  \
6074Defining this hook also requires your functions which make use of alloca to have at least 8 byes\
6075of outgoing arguments.  If this is not the case the stack will be corrupted.\n\
6076You need not define this macro if it would always have the value zero.",
6077 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
6078 default_stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range)
6079
6080
6081/* Functions specific to the C family of frontends.  */
6082#undef HOOK_PREFIX
6083#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_"
6084HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c)
6085
6086/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant.  */
6087DEFHOOK_UNDOC
6088(mode_for_suffix,
6089"Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\
6090 or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.",
6091 machine_mode, (char c),
6092 default_mode_for_suffix)
6093
6094DEFHOOK
6095(excess_precision,
6096 "Return a value, with the same meaning as the C99 macro\
6097 @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} that describes which excess precision should be\
6098 applied.  @var{type} is either @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT},\
6099 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, or\
6100 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}.  For\
6101 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT}, the target should return which\
6102 precision and range operations will be implictly evaluated in regardless\
6103 of the excess precision explicitly added.  For\
6104 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} and\
6105 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, the target should return the\
6106 explicit excess precision that should be added depending on the\
6107 value set for @option{-fexcess-precision=@r{[}standard@r{|}fast@r{]}}.\
6108 Note that unpredictable explicit excess precision does not make sense,\
6109 so a target should never return @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD_UNPREDICTABLE}\
6110 when @var{type} is @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} or\
6111 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}.",
6112 enum flt_eval_method, (enum excess_precision_type type),
6113 default_excess_precision)
6114
6115HOOK_VECTOR_END (c)
6116
6117/* Functions specific to the C++ frontend.  */
6118#undef HOOK_PREFIX
6119#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_"
6120HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx)
6121
6122/* Return the integer type used for guard variables.  */
6123DEFHOOK
6124(guard_type,
6125 "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\
6126These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects.  The\n\
6127default is long_long_integer_type_node.",
6128 tree, (void),
6129 default_cxx_guard_type)
6130
6131/* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested.  */
6132DEFHOOK
6133(guard_mask_bit,
6134 "This hook determines how guard variables are used.  It should return\n\
6135@code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used.  A return value of\n\
6136@code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.",
6137 bool, (void),
6138 hook_bool_void_false)
6139
6140/* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type.  */
6141DEFHOOK
6142(get_cookie_size,
6143 "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\
6144whose elements have the indicated @var{type}.  Assumes that it is already\n\
6145known that a cookie is needed.  The default is\n\
6146@code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\
6147IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.",
6148 tree, (tree type),
6149 default_cxx_get_cookie_size)
6150
6151/* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie.  */
6152DEFHOOK
6153(cookie_has_size,
6154 "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\
6155array cookies.  The default is to return @code{false}.",
6156 bool, (void),
6157 hook_bool_void_false)
6158
6159/* Allows backends to perform additional processing when
6160   deciding if a class should be exported or imported.  */
6161DEFHOOK
6162(import_export_class,
6163 "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\
6164class @var{type} to be overruled.  Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\
6165will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\
6166to be imported and 0 otherwise.  This function should return the\n\
6167modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\
6168backend's targeted operating system.",
6169 int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL)
6170
6171/* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this".  */
6172DEFHOOK
6173(cdtor_returns_this,
6174 "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\
6175the address of the object created/destroyed.  The default is to return\n\
6176@code{false}.",
6177 bool, (void),
6178 hook_bool_void_false)
6179
6180/* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline
6181   function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class
6182   itself.  Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI.  */
6183DEFHOOK
6184(key_method_may_be_inline,
6185 "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\
6186which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\
6187table to be emitted) may be an inline function.  Under the standard\n\
6188Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\
6189the function is not declared inline in the class definition.  Under\n\
6190some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\
6191method.  The default is to return @code{true}.",
6192 bool, (void),
6193 hook_bool_void_true)
6194
6195DEFHOOK
6196(determine_class_data_visibility,
6197"@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\
6198 or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\
6199 external linkage in this translation unit.  No ELF visibility has been\
6200 explicitly specified.  If the target needs to specify a visibility\
6201 other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\
6202 @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.",
6203 void, (tree decl),
6204 hook_void_tree)
6205
6206/* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other
6207   similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they
6208   have external linkage.  If this hook returns false, then
6209   class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in
6210   only one translation unit will not be COMDAT.  */
6211DEFHOOK
6212(class_data_always_comdat,
6213 "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\
6214similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\
6215external linkage.  If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\
6216classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\
6217unit will not be COMDAT.",
6218 bool, (void),
6219 hook_bool_void_true)
6220
6221/* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types,
6222   which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT;
6223   false if it should not be COMDAT.  */
6224DEFHOOK
6225(library_rtti_comdat,
6226 "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\
6227the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\
6228be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.",
6229 bool, (void),
6230 hook_bool_void_true)
6231
6232/* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
6233   destructors.  */
6234DEFHOOK
6235(use_aeabi_atexit,
6236 "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\
6237should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\
6238is in effect.  The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.",
6239 bool, (void),
6240 hook_bool_void_false)
6241
6242/* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as
6243   __cxa_atexit  to register static destructors.  */
6244DEFHOOK
6245(use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit,
6246 "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\
6247in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\
6248destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\
6249shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\
6250unloaded. The default is to return false.",
6251 bool, (void),
6252 hook_bool_void_false)
6253
6254DEFHOOK
6255(adjust_class_at_definition,
6256"@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\
6257 been defined.  Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\
6258 visibility or perform any other required target modifications).",
6259 void, (tree type),
6260 hook_void_tree)
6261
6262DEFHOOK
6263(decl_mangling_context,
6264 "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.",
6265 tree, (const_tree decl),
6266 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
6267
6268HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx)
6269
6270/* Functions and data for emulated TLS support.  */
6271#undef HOOK_PREFIX
6272#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_"
6273HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls)
6274
6275/* Name of the address and common functions.  */
6276DEFHOOKPOD
6277(get_address,
6278 "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\
6279object to locate a TLS instance.  The default causes libgcc's\n\
6280emulated TLS helper function to be used.",
6281 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address")
6282
6283DEFHOOKPOD
6284(register_common,
6285 "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\
6286program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\
6287initialized to zero.  If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\
6288have explicit initializers.  The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\
6289registration function to be used.",
6290 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common")
6291
6292/* Prefixes for proxy variable and template.  */
6293DEFHOOKPOD
6294(var_section,
6295 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\
6296be placed.  The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\
6297any section.",
6298 const char *, NULL)
6299
6300DEFHOOKPOD
6301(tmpl_section,
6302 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\
6303placed.  The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\
6304section.",
6305 const char *, NULL)
6306
6307/* Prefixes for proxy variable and template.  */
6308DEFHOOKPOD
6309(var_prefix,
6310 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\
6311The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6312 const char *, NULL)
6313
6314DEFHOOKPOD
6315(tmpl_prefix,
6316 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects.  The\n\
6317default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6318 const char *, NULL)
6319
6320/* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable.  */
6321DEFHOOK
6322(var_fields,
6323 "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\
6324object type.  @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\
6325@var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\
6326@code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable.  The default creates a type suitable\n\
6327for libgcc's emulated TLS function.",
6328 tree, (tree type, tree *name),
6329 default_emutls_var_fields)
6330
6331/* Function to initialize a proxy variable.  */
6332DEFHOOK
6333(var_init,
6334 "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\
6335TLS control object.  @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\
6336is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\
6337initializer.  The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.",
6338 tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr),
6339 default_emutls_var_init)
6340
6341/* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the
6342   proxy variable.  */
6343DEFHOOKPOD
6344(var_align_fixed,
6345 "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\
6346fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\
6347single objects.  The default is false.",
6348 bool, false)
6349
6350/* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars.  */
6351DEFHOOKPOD
6352(debug_form_tls_address,
6353 "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\
6354may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.",
6355 bool, false)
6356
6357HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls)
6358
6359#undef HOOK_PREFIX
6360#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_"
6361HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks)
6362
6363/* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings.  If
6364   the option is validated, the hook should also fill in
6365   DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node.  */
6366DEFHOOK
6367(valid_attribute_p,
6368 "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\
6369allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\
6370These function-specific options may differ\n\
6371from the options specified on the command line.  The hook should return\n\
6372@code{true} if the options are valid.\n\
6373\n\
6374The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\
6375the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\
6376@code{struct cl_target_option} structure.",
6377 bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags),
6378 default_target_option_valid_attribute_p)
6379
6380/* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure.  */
6381DEFHOOK
6382(save,
6383 "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\
6384in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\
6385options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\
6386@xref{Option file format}.",
6387 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts), NULL)
6388
6389/* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options
6390   structure.  */
6391DEFHOOK
6392(restore,
6393 "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\
6394information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6395function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.",
6396 void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6397
6398/* Function to update target-specific option information after being
6399   streamed in.  */
6400DEFHOOK
6401(post_stream_in,
6402 "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\
6403@code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\
6404LTO bytecode.",
6405 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6406
6407/* Function to print any extra target state from the target options
6408   structure.  */
6409DEFHOOK
6410(print,
6411 "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\
6412information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6413function-specific options.",
6414 void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6415
6416/* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to
6417   change the state if the options are valid.  If the first argument is
6418   NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use.  Return
6419   true if the options are valid, and set the current state.  */
6420DEFHOOK
6421(pragma_parse,
6422 "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\
6423sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\
6424input stream.  The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\
6425@code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.",
6426 bool, (tree args, tree pop_target),
6427 default_target_option_pragma_parse)
6428
6429/* Do option overrides for the target.  */
6430DEFHOOK
6431(override,
6432 "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\
6433a particular target machine.  You can override the hook\n\
6434@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this.  This hooks is called\n\
6435once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\
6436\n\
6437Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\
6438@option{-O}.  That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\
6439\n\
6440If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\
6441changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\
6442@code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}",
6443 void, (void),
6444 hook_void_void)
6445
6446/* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same
6447   function.  DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they
6448   have the same function signature and different target specific attributes,
6449   that is, they are compiled for different target machines.  */
6450DEFHOOK
6451(function_versions,
6452 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\
6453versions of the same function.  @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\
6454versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\
6455different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\
6456different target machines.",
6457 bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2),
6458 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
6459
6460/* Function to determine if one function can inline another function.  */
6461#undef HOOK_PREFIX
6462#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6463DEFHOOK
6464(can_inline_p,
6465 "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\
6466cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information.  By\n\
6467default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\
6468specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.",
6469 bool, (tree caller, tree callee),
6470 default_target_can_inline_p)
6471
6472DEFHOOK
6473(relayout_function,
6474"This target hook fixes function @var{fndecl} after attributes are processed. Default does nothing. On ARM, the default function's alignment is updated with the attribute target.",
6475 void, (tree fndecl),
6476 hook_void_tree)
6477
6478HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option)
6479
6480/* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to
6481   the function, they should define this target hook and set their
6482   bits in the bitmap passed in. */
6483DEFHOOK
6484(extra_live_on_entry,
6485 "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\
6486function.  This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\
6487cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\
6488registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\
6489TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\
6490FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.",
6491 void, (bitmap regs),
6492 hook_void_bitmap)
6493
6494/* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are
6495   present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local
6496   definition.  */
6497DEFHOOKPOD
6498(call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers,
6499 "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\
6500clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\
6501That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\
6502linker (e.g.@: stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\
6503modifiable by the callee.  The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\
6504in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\
6505The default version of this hook is set to false.  The purpose of this hook\n\
6506is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.",
6507 bool,
6508 false)
6509
6510/* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset.  */
6511DEFHOOK
6512(set_up_by_prologue,
6513 "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\
6514 to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.",
6515 void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *),
6516 NULL)
6517
6518/* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a
6519   function's return statements need checking.  For instance a 'naked'
6520   function attribute.  */
6521DEFHOOK
6522(warn_func_return,
6523 "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching the function's return type.  This includes checking for falling off the end of a non-void function.  Return false if no such check should be made.",
6524 bool, (tree),
6525 hook_bool_tree_true)
6526
6527#undef HOOK_PREFIX
6528#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_"
6529HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_HOOKS, shrink_wrap)
6530
6531DEFHOOK
6532(get_separate_components,
6533 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6534components that can be separately shrink-wrapped in the current function.\n\
6535Return @code{NULL} if the current function should not get any separate\n\
6536shrink-wrapping.\n\
6537Don't define this hook if it would always return @code{NULL}.\n\
6538If it is defined, the other hooks in this group have to be defined as well.",
6539 sbitmap, (void),
6540 NULL)
6541
6542DEFHOOK
6543(components_for_bb,
6544 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6545components where either the prologue component has to be executed before\n\
6546the @code{basic_block}, or the epilogue component after it, or both.",
6547 sbitmap, (basic_block),
6548 NULL)
6549
6550DEFHOOK
6551(disqualify_components,
6552 "This hook should clear the bits in the @var{components} bitmap for those\n\
6553components in @var{edge_components} that the target cannot handle on edge\n\
6554@var{e}, where @var{is_prologue} says if this is for a prologue or an\n\
6555epilogue instead.",
6556 void, (sbitmap components, edge e, sbitmap edge_components, bool is_prologue),
6557 NULL)
6558
6559DEFHOOK
6560(emit_prologue_components,
6561 "Emit prologue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6562 void, (sbitmap),
6563 NULL)
6564
6565DEFHOOK
6566(emit_epilogue_components,
6567 "Emit epilogue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6568 void, (sbitmap),
6569 NULL)
6570
6571DEFHOOK
6572(set_handled_components,
6573 "Mark the components in the parameter as handled, so that the\n\
6574@code{prologue} and @code{epilogue} named patterns know to ignore those\n\
6575components.  The target code should not hang on to the @code{sbitmap}, it\n\
6576will be deleted after this call.",
6577 void, (sbitmap),
6578 NULL)
6579
6580HOOK_VECTOR_END (shrink_wrap)
6581#undef HOOK_PREFIX
6582#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6583
6584/* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging.  */
6585DEFHOOK
6586(debug_unwind_info,
6587 "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\
6588unwind information to the debugger.  Normally the hook will return\n\
6589@code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\
6590return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\
6591\n\
6592A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\
6593is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\
6594\n\
6595A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\
6596This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.",
6597 enum unwind_info_type, (void),
6598 default_debug_unwind_info)
6599
6600DEFHOOK
6601(reset_location_view, "\
6602This hook, if defined, enables -ginternal-reset-location-views, and\n\
6603uses its result to override cases in which the estimated min insn\n\
6604length might be nonzero even when a PC advance (i.e., a view reset)\n\
6605cannot be taken for granted.\n\
6606\n\
6607If the hook is defined, it must return a positive value to indicate\n\
6608the insn definitely advances the PC, and so the view number can be\n\
6609safely assumed to be reset; a negative value to mean the insn\n\
6610definitely does not advance the PC, and os the view number must not\n\
6611be reset; or zero to decide based on the estimated insn length.\n\
6612\n\
6613If insn length is to be regarded as reliable, set the hook to\n\
6614@code{hook_int_rtx_insn_0}.",
6615 int, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
6616
6617/* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not
6618   defined at this time.  */
6619DEFHOOK
6620(canonicalize_comparison,
6621 "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\
6622convert an invalid comparison into a valid one.  For example, the Alpha\n\
6623does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\
6624comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\
6625\n\
6626On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\
6627@var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\
6628are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively.  If\n\
6629@var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\
6630allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\
6631in RTXs which aren't comparisons.  E.g. the implementation is not\n\
6632allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\
6633\n\
6634GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\
6635valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\
6636@file{md} file.\n\
6637\n\
6638You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\
6639comparison code or operands.",
6640 void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value),
6641 default_canonicalize_comparison)
6642
6643DEFHOOK
6644(min_arithmetic_precision,
6645 "On some RISC architectures with 64-bit registers, the processor also\n\
6646maintains 32-bit condition codes that make it possible to do real 32-bit\n\
6647arithmetic, although the operations are performed on the full registers.\n\
6648\n\
6649On such architectures, defining this hook to 32 tells the compiler to try\n\
6650using 32-bit arithmetical operations setting the condition codes instead\n\
6651of doing full 64-bit arithmetic.\n\
6652\n\
6653More generally, define this hook on RISC architectures if you want the\n\
6654compiler to try using arithmetical operations setting the condition codes\n\
6655with a precision lower than the word precision.\n\
6656\n\
6657You need not define this hook if @code{WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS} is not\n\
6658defined to 1.",
6659 unsigned int, (void), default_min_arithmetic_precision)
6660
6661DEFHOOKPOD
6662(atomic_test_and_set_trueval,
6663 "This value should be set if the result written by\
6664 @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e.@: the\
6665 @code{bool} @code{true}.",
6666 unsigned char, 1)
6667
6668/* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic
6669   type which maps to machine MODE.  This allows alignment to be overridden
6670   as needed.  */
6671DEFHOOK
6672(atomic_align_for_mode,
6673"If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\
6674 atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}.  If 0 is returned then the\
6675 default alignment for the specified mode is used. ",
6676 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
6677 hook_uint_mode_0)
6678
6679DEFHOOK
6680(atomic_assign_expand_fenv,
6681"ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\
6682 exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\
6683 whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence. \
6684 This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\
6685 @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\
6686 appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence.  This hook should\
6687 set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\
6688 @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\
6689 the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\
6690 equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}.  The three expressions are\
6691 @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\
6692 if no code is required in a particular place.  The default implementation\
6693 leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}.  The\
6694 @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\
6695 as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.",
6696 void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update),
6697 default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv)
6698
6699/* Leave the boolean fields at the end.  */
6700
6701/* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section
6702   and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space.  */
6703DEFHOOKPOD
6704(have_switchable_bss_sections,
6705 "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\
6706section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\
6707This is true on most ELF targets.",
6708 bool, false)
6709
6710/* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported,
6711   false if we're using collect2 for the job.  */
6712DEFHOOKPOD
6713(have_ctors_dtors,
6714 "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\
6715collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\
6716It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.",
6717 bool, false)
6718
6719/* True if the target wants DTORs to be run from cxa_atexit.  */
6720DEFHOOKPOD
6721(dtors_from_cxa_atexit,
6722 "This value is true if the target wants destructors to be queued to be\n\
6723run from __cxa_atexit.  If this is the case then, for each priority level,\n\
6724a new constructor will be entered that registers the destructors for that\n\
6725level with __cxa_atexit (and there will be no destructors emitted).\n\
6726It is false the method implied by @code{have_ctors_dtors} is used.",
6727 bool, false)
6728
6729/* True if thread-local storage is supported.  */
6730DEFHOOKPOD
6731(have_tls,
6732 "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\
6733The default value is false.",
6734 bool, false)
6735
6736/* True if a small readonly data section is supported.  */
6737DEFHOOKPOD
6738(have_srodata_section,
6739 "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\
6740``small data'' into a separate section.  The default value is false.",
6741 bool, false)
6742
6743/* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated.  */
6744DEFHOOKPOD
6745(terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info,
6746 "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\
6747end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\
6748Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\
6749true otherwise.",
6750 bool, true)
6751
6752/* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output.  */
6753DEFHOOKPOD
6754(asm_file_start_app_off,
6755 "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\
6756printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\
6757@option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect.  (If that macro has been defined\n\
6758to the empty string, this variable has no effect.)  With the normal\n\
6759definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\
6760assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\
6761whitespace from its input.  This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\
6762\n\
6763The default is false.  You should not set it to true unless you have\n\
6764verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\
6765comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.",
6766 bool, false)
6767
6768/* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename
6769   at the beginning of assembly output.  */
6770DEFHOOKPOD
6771(asm_file_start_file_directive,
6772 "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\
6773for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\
6774@code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled).  Most ELF assemblers expect\n\
6775this to be done.  The default is false.",
6776 bool, false)
6777
6778/* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the
6779   ARM EABI.  The effects the encoding of function exception specifications.  */
6780DEFHOOKPOD
6781(arm_eabi_unwinder,
6782 "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\
6783based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets.  This effects\n\
6784the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\
6785running a cleanup.  The default is @code{false}.",
6786 bool, false)
6787
6788DEFHOOKPOD
6789(want_debug_pub_sections,
6790 "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\
6791 should be emitted.  These sections are not used on most platforms, and\
6792 in particular GDB does not use them.",
6793 bool, false)
6794
6795DEFHOOKPOD
6796(delay_sched2, "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6797This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6798bool, false)
6799
6800DEFHOOKPOD
6801(delay_vartrack, "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6802This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6803bool, false)
6804
6805DEFHOOKPOD
6806(no_register_allocation, "True if register allocation and the passes\n\
6807following it should not be run.  Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\
6808targets.",
6809bool, false)
6810
6811/* Leave the boolean fields at the end.  */
6812
6813/* Functions related to mode switching.  */
6814#undef HOOK_PREFIX
6815#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_"
6816HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching)
6817
6818DEFHOOK
6819(emit,
6820 "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}. @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.",
6821 void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
6822
6823DEFHOOK
6824(needed,
6825 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity.  If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element in @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity} must be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}.",
6826 int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6827
6828DEFHOOK
6829(after,
6830 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity.  If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode switching.  It determines the mode that an insn results in (if different from the incoming mode).",
6831 int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6832
6833DEFHOOK
6834(entry,
6835 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching.  It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry.  If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} must be defined.",
6836 int, (int entity), NULL)
6837
6838DEFHOOK
6839(exit,
6840 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching.  It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit.  If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} must be defined.",
6841 int, (int entity), NULL)
6842
6843DEFHOOK
6844(priority,
6845 "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity} are processed. 0 is the highest priority, @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest.  The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode for @var{entity}.  For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority} (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{} @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.",
6846 int, (int entity, int n), NULL)
6847
6848HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching)
6849
6850#undef HOOK_PREFIX
6851#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6852
6853#define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6854  DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false)
6855#include "target-insns.def"
6856#undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6857
6858#define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6859  DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL)
6860#include "target-insns.def"
6861#undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6862
6863#define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6864  DEFHOOKPOD (code_for_##NAME, "*", enum insn_code, CODE_FOR_nothing)
6865#include "target-insns.def"
6866#undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6867
6868DEFHOOK
6869(run_target_selftests,
6870 "If selftests are enabled, run any selftests for this target.",
6871 void, (void),
6872 NULL)
6873
6874/* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition.  */
6875HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK)
6876
6877